Addus HomeCare
Annual Report 2021

Plain-text annual report

Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 OR ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission file number 001-34504 ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 6303 Cowboys Way, Suite 600 Frisco, TX (Address of principal executive offices) 20-5340172 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 75034 (Zip Code) 469-535-8200 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock, $0.001 par value Trading Symbol(s) ADUS Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Global Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large Accelerated Filer Non-Accelerated Filer ☒ ☐ Accelerated Filer Smaller Reporting Company Emerging Growth Company ☐ ☐ ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the last sale price on The Nasdaq Global Market on June 30, 2021 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $1,364,290,000. As of February 18, 2022, there were 15,952,001 shares of common stock outstanding. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Certain portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which is expected to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s 2021 fiscal year) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Auditor Firm PCAOB Id: 238 Auditor Name: PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Auditor Location: Dallas, Texas Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. PART II Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. Item 9C. PART III Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. PART IV Item 15. Item 16. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities [Reserved] Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accounting Fees and Services Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary 3 3 15 30 30 30 30 31 31 31 32 52 52 52 52 53 53 54 54 54 54 54 54 55 55 58 Table of Contents SPECIAL CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS When included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or in statements made by or on behalf of the Company, words like “believes,” “belief,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” “may,” “might,” “would,” “should,” and similar expressions are intended to be forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management based on information currently available to management. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • the anticipated impact to our business with respect to developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including, without limitation, those related to the length and severity of the pandemic, as well as the timing, availability and acceptance of effective medical treatments, vaccines and booster shots; the spread of potentially more contagious and/or virulent forms of the virus; the pandemic’s impact on our operations, reimbursement and our consumer population; measures we are taking to respond to the pandemic; the impact of government regulation, stimulus and relief measures, including the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), Paycheck Protection Program and Health Care Enhancement Act (“PPPHCE Act”), the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CAA”), the COVID-Related Tax Relief Act of 2020, the American Rescue Plan of 2021 (“ARPA”) and any other stimulus or relief legislation, along with the related uncertainties regarding such measures and any future measures related to COVID-19; increased expenses related to personal protective equipment (“PPE”), labor, supply chain, or other expenditures; workforce disruptions, including shortages and increased labor expenses, associated with competitive labor market conditions and the impact of quarantines; the impact of vaccine mandates on the workforce; and supply shortages and disruptions; changes in operational and reimbursement processes and payment structures at the state or federal levels; changes in Medicaid, Medicare, other government program and managed care organizations policies and payment rates; changes in, or our failure to comply with, existing, federal and state laws or regulations, or our failure to comply with new government laws or regulations on a timely basis; competition in the healthcare industry; the geographical concentration of our operations; changes in the case mix of consumers and payment methodologies; operational changes resulting from the assumption by managed care organizations of responsibility for managing and paying for our services to consumers; the nature and success of future financial and/or delivery system reforms; changes in estimates and judgments associated with critical accounting policies; our ability to maintain or establish new referral sources; our ability to renew significant agreements or groups of agreements; our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; federal, state and city minimum wage pressure, including any failure of any governmental entity to enact a minimum wage offset and/or the timing of any such enactment; changes in payments and covered services due to the overall economic conditions, including economic and business conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, and deficit spending by federal and state governments; cost containment initiatives undertaken by federal, state and other third-party payors; our ability to access financing through the capital and credit markets; 1 Table of Contents • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • our ability to meet debt service requirements and comply with covenants in debt agreements; business disruptions due to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, pandemics, riots, civil insurrection or social unrest, looting, protests, strikes or street demonstrations; our ability to integrate and manage our information systems; our ability to prevent cyber-attacks or security breaches to protect our information technology systems and confidential consumer data; our expectations regarding the size and growth of the market for our services; the acceptance of privatized social services; our expectations regarding changes in reimbursement rates; eligibility standards and limits on services imposed by state governmental agencies; the potential for litigation; discretionary determinations by government officials; our ability to successfully implement our business model to grow our business; our ability to continue identifying, pursuing, consummating and integrating acquisition opportunities and expand into new geographic markets; the impact of acquisitions and dispositions on our business, including the potential inability to realize the benefits of potential acquisitions; the effectiveness, quality and cost of our services; our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy; changes in tax rates; the impact of public health emergencies, including the COVID-19 pandemic; the impact of inclement weather or natural disasters; and various other matters, many of which are beyond our control. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on any forward-looking statement as a prediction of future events. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking and we do not intend to release publicly any updates or changes in our expectations concerning the forward-looking statements or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances upon which any forward-looking statement may be based, except as required by law. For a discussion of some of the factors discussed above as well as additional factors, see Part I, Item 1A—“Risk Factors” and Part II, Item 7—“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” Unless otherwise provided, “Addus,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to Addus HomeCare Corporation and our consolidated subsidiaries and “Holdings” refers to Addus HomeCare Corporation. When we refer to 2021, 2020 and 2019, we mean the twelve month period then ended December 31, unless otherwise provided. A copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 as filed with the SEC, including all exhibits, is available on our internet website at http://www.addus.com on the “Investors” page link. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 2 Table of Contents ITEM 1. BUSINESS Overview PART I Addus has been providing home care services since 1979. We operate three segments: personal care, hospice, and home health. Our services are principally provided in-home under agreements with federal, state and local government agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private individuals. Our consumers are predominantly “dual eligible,” meaning they are eligible to receive both Medicare and Medicaid benefits. As of December 31, 2021, we provided services in 22 states through approximately 206 offices. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we served approximately 67,000 and 66,000 discrete consumers, respectively. We continue to drive organic growth while also growing through acquisitions, focusing on growth in the states in which we have a presence while adding clinical care services to our offerings. As of December 31, 2021, we provide all three levels of care, personal care, home health and hospice services, in Ohio and New Mexico and strategically continue to pursue other markets. A summary of our financial results is provided in the table below. For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2021 Personal care Hospice Home health Total net service revenue by segment Net income Total assets $ $ $ (Amounts in Thousands) $ 685,854 152,253 26,392 864,499 45,126 947,585 $ $ 647,233 101,297 16,245 764,775 33,133 892,582 Our services and operating model address a number of crucial needs across the healthcare continuum. Care provided in the home generally costs less than facility-based care and is typically preferred by consumers and their families. By providing services in the home to the elderly and others who require long-term care and support with the activities of daily living, we lower the cost of chronic and acute care treatment by delaying or eliminating the need for care in more expensive settings. In addition, our caregivers observe and report changes in the condition of our consumers for the purpose of facilitating early intervention in the disease process, which often reduces the cost of medical services by preventing unnecessary emergency room visits and/or hospital admissions and re-admissions. We coordinate the services provided by our team with those of other healthcare providers and payors, as appropriate. Changes in a consumer’s conditions are evaluated by appropriately trained managers, which may result in a report to the consumer’s case manager at a managed care organization or other payor. By providing care in the preferred setting of the home and by providing opportunities to improve the consumer’s conditions and allow early intervention as indicated, our model also is designed to improve consumer outcomes and satisfaction. We believe our model provides significant value to managed care organizations. States continue to implement managed care programs for Medicaid enrollees, and, as a result, managed care organizations have been increasingly responsible for the healthcare needs and the related healthcare costs of our consumers. Managed care organizations have an economic incentive to better manage the healthcare expenditures of their members, lower costs and improve outcomes. We believe that our model is well positioned to assist in meeting those goals while also improving consumer satisfaction, and, as a result, we expect increased referrals from managed care organizations. Our Market and Opportunity We provide home care services that primarily include personal care services to assist with activities of daily living, as well as hospice and home health services. These services allow the elderly and other infirm adults who require long-term care and assistance with activities of daily living to maintain their independence at home with their families. Personal care services are a significant component of home and community-based services (“HCBS”), which have grown in significance and demand in recent years and during the COVID-19 pandemic. In particular, the demand for personal care services is growing from managed care delivery models, including Medicaid and Medicare Advantage plans. Managed care plans aim to manage cost, utilization and quality through collaboration of health insurance plans and healthcare providers. We also offer personal care services to private pay consumers. We expect demand for HCBS to continue to grow due to the aging of the U.S. population and improved opportunities for individuals to receive home-based care as an alternative to institutional care. 3 Table of Contents Because our model serves an aging population in a home setting at a lower cost, we believe that we have favorable opportunities for growth. Historically, there were limited barriers to entry in the home-based services industry. As a result, the personal care, home health and hospice service industries developed in a highly fragmented manner, with few large participants and many small ones. Few companies have a significant market share across multiple regions or states. The lack of licensure or certification requirements in some states makes it difficult to estimate the number of home-based services agencies. We expect ongoing consolidation within our industry, driven by the desire of healthcare systems and managed care organizations to narrow their networks of service providers, and also as a result of the industry’s increasingly complex regulatory, operating and technology requirements. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on a consolidating industry given our reputation in the market, strong payor relationships and integration of technology into our business model. The personal care services industry is subject to increasing regulation. At the federal level, efforts have focused on improved coordination of regulation across the various types of Medicaid programs through which personal care services are offered. Federally required state mandates include implementing electronic visit verification (“EVV”), which is used to collect home visit data, and obtaining state licenses or registrations. Providers must dedicate substantial resources to ensure continuing compliance with all applicable regulations and significant expenditures may be necessary to offer new services or to expand into new markets. We believe licensing requirements and regulations, including EVV, the increasing focus on improving health outcomes, the rising cost and complexity of operations and technology and pressure on reimbursement rates due to constrained government resources may discourage new providers and may encourage industry consolidation. The Medicare-Medicaid Coordination Office (“MMCO”) was established within the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to improve services for consumers who are eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid, also known as “dual eligibles,” and improve coordination between the federal government and states to enhance access to quality services to which they are entitled. The MMCO works with state Medicaid agencies, other federal and state agencies, physicians and others, to make available technical assistance and educational tools to improve care coordination between Medicare and Medicaid and to reduce costs and improve beneficiary experience while reducing administrative and regulatory barriers between the programs. In addition, the MMCO and the CMS Innovation Center are considering or have implemented demonstration projects affecting reimbursement for services provided to dual eligibles. We believe that our personal care program and our technology make us well-suited to partner with managed care organizations to address the needs of the “dual eligible” population, and we believe that our ability to identify changes in our consumers’ health and condition before acute intervention is required will lower the overall cost of care. We believe this approach to care delivery and the integration of our services into the broader healthcare continuum are particularly attractive to managed care organizations and others who are ultimately responsible for the healthcare needs of our consumers and over time will increase our business with them. Our Growth Strategy The growth of our revenues is closely correlated with the number of consumers to whom we provide our services. Our continued growth depends on our ability to provide consistently high quality care, maintain our existing payor relationships, establish relationships with new payors, increase our referral sources and our ability to attract and retain caregivers. Our continued growth is also dependent upon the authorization by state agencies of new consumers to receive our services. We believe there are several market opportunities for growth as the population ages. Moreover, we believe that individuals generally prefer to receive care in their homes. We believe that the COVID-19 pandemic has heightened this preference due to health concerns that may be associated with institutional settings for long-term care, along with concerns about the re-imposition of visitor restrictions that were imposed in many long- term care facilities in response to the pandemic. Finally, we believe the provision of home-based services is more cost-effective than the provision of similar services in institutional settings for long-term care. We plan to continue our revenue growth and margin improvement and enhance our competitive positioning by executing on the following growth strategies: Consistently Provide High-Quality Care We schedule and require our caregivers to perform their services as defined within the individual plan of care. We monitor the performance of our caregivers through regular supervisory visits in the homes of consumers. Our caregivers are provided with pre-service training and orientation and an evaluation of their skills. In many cases, caregivers are also required to attend ongoing in-service education. In certain states, our caregivers are required to complete certified training programs and maintain a state certification. The training assists our caregivers with identifying changes in our consumers’ health and condition before acute intervention is required, which we believe lowers the overall cost of care. Drive Organic Growth in Existing Markets We intend to drive organic growth through several initiatives, including continuing to build and enhance our sales and marketing capabilities, enhancing our business intelligence analytic capabilities, recruiting and retaining employees and investing in technology and operations to drive efficiencies. We also expect our organic growth will benefit from an increase in demand for our 4 Table of Contents services by an aging population and our increased alignment with referral sources and payors. We continue to selectively open new offices in existing markets when an opportunity is identified and appropriate. Market to Managed Care Organizations As a large-scale provider of home-based care, we are partnering with managed care organizations, taking advantage of an industry shift from traditional fee-for-service Medicare and Medicaid and toward managed care models, which aim to better coordinate care. We expect this shift to lead to narrower provider networks where we can be competitive by offering a larger, more experienced partner to these organizations, as well as by providing more sophisticated technology, electronic visit records and an outcomes-driven approach to service. We believe our coordinated care model and integration of services into the broader healthcare industry are particularly attractive to managed care organizations. In particular, our expansion from primarily personal care services into hospice and home health has increased our value to our managed care partners by diversifying our home-based care offerings. Grow Through Acquisitions In addition to our organic growth, we have been growing through acquisitions that have expanded our presence in current markets or facilitated our entry into new markets. We completed two acquisitions in 2021, despite the continuing challenges and disruptions related to the COVID-19 pandemic: Armada Skilled Homecare of New Mexico LLC, Armada Hospice of New Mexico LLC and Armada Hospice of Santa Fe LLC (collectively, “Armada”) on August 1, 2021 and Summit Home Health, LLC (“Summit”) on October 1, 2021. Acquisitions completed in 2021 accounted for $5.7 million in net service revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021. We also completed four acquisitions in 2020: A Plus Health Care, Inc. (“A Plus”) on July 1, 2020, County Homemakers, Inc. (“County Homemakers”) on November 1, 2020, SLHC, Inc., d/b/a SunLife Home Care (“SunLife Home Care”) on December 1, 2020 and Queen City Hospice on December 4, 2020. Acquisitions completed in 2020 accounted for $82.5 million and $12.1 million in net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our active pipeline and strong financial position support additional acquisitions. With rising consolidation pressures in the industry, our focus is on identifying growing markets with favorable demographics in states that are fiscally well managed and have a reasonable minimum wage environment and where we have the potential to become one of the leading providers in the state in order to support our managed care organization strategy. We believe our experience identifying and executing on opportunities generated by our acquisition pipeline, as well as our history of integrating acquisitions, will lead to additional growth. Our Services We operate three business segments: (i) personal care (ii) hospice and (iii) home health. Without our services, many of our consumers would be at increased risk of placement in a long-term care institution. Personal Care Our personal care segment provides non-medical assistance with activities of daily living, primarily to persons who are at increased risk of hospitalization or institutionalization, such as the elderly, chronically ill or disabled. The services we provide include assistance with bathing, grooming, oral care, feeding and dressing, medication reminders, meal planning and preparation, housekeeping and transportation services. Many consumers need such services on a long-term basis to address chronic or acute conditions. Our personal care segment also includes staffing services, with clients including assisted living facilities, nursing homes and hospice facilities. Each payor client establishes its own eligibility standards, determines the type, amount, duration and scope of services, and establishes the applicable reimbursement rate in accordance with applicable law, regulations or contracts. Hospice Our hospice segment provides physical, emotional and spiritual care for people who are terminally ill as well as related services for their families. The hospice services we provide include palliative nursing care, social work, spiritual counseling, homemaker services and bereavement counseling. Generally, patients receiving hospice services have a life expectancy of six months or less. Home Health Our home health segment provides services that are primarily medical in nature to individuals who may require assistance during an illness or after hospitalization and include skilled nursing and physical, occupational and speech therapy. We generally provide home health services on a short-term, intermittent or episodic basis to individuals, typically to assist patients recovering from an illness or injury. 5 Table of Contents We measure the performance of each segment using a number of different metrics. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations” for information regarding the Company’s segment metrics. Our Payors Our payor clients are principally federal, state and local governmental agencies and managed care organizations. The federal, state and local programs under which the agencies operate are subject to legislative and budgetary changes and other risks that can influence reimbursement rates. Managed care organizations that operate as an extension of our government payors are subject to similar economic pressures. Our commercial insurance payor clients are typically for profit companies and are continuously seeking opportunities to control costs. Most of our services are provided pursuant to agreements with state and local governmental social and aging service agencies. These agreements generally have an initial term of one to two years and may be terminated with 60 days’ notice. They are typically renewed for one to five-year terms, provided that we have complied with licensing, certification and program standards, and other regulatory requirements. Reimbursement rates and methods vary by state and service type, but are typically based on an hourly or unit-of-service basis. Managed care organizations are becoming an increasing portion of our personal care segment payor mix as states shift from administering fee-for-service programs to utilizing managed care models. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview” for our revenue mix by payor type. Competition We believe our industry is highly competitive, fragmented and market specific. Each local market has its own competitive profile and no single competitor has significant market share across all of our markets. Our competition consists of personal care service providers, home health providers, hospice providers, private caregivers, larger publicly held companies, privately held companies, privately held single-site agencies, hospital-based agencies, not-for-profit organizations, community-based organizations, managed care organizations and self-directed care programs. In addition, certain governmental payors contract for services with independent providers such that our relationships with these payors are not exclusive. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, competition from new entrants into our markets. Increased competition may result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or loss of consumers or payors, any of which could harm our business. In addition, some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical, political and marketing resources, as well as name recognition with consumers and payors. Sales and Marketing We focus on initiating and maintaining working relationships with state and local governmental agencies responsible for the provision of the services we offer. We target these agencies in our current markets and in geographical areas that we have identified as potential markets for expansion. We also seek to identify service needs or changes in the service delivery or reimbursement systems of governmental entities and attempt to work with and provide input to the responsible government personnel, provider associations and consumer advocacy groups. We establish new referral relationships with various managed care organizations that contract with the states for the servicing of the state Medicaid programs. We have met with many contracted managed care organizations in markets we serve and believe we are building the relationships necessary to generate continued referrals of new clients. We receive substantially all of our personal care consumers through third-party referrals, including state departments on aging, rehabilitation, mental health and children’s services, county departments of social services, managed care organizations, the Veterans Health Administration and city departments on aging. Generally, family members of potential consumers are made aware of available in-home or alternative living arrangements through state or local case management systems. These systems are operated by governmental or private agencies. We provide ongoing education and outreach in our target communities in order to inform the community about state and locally-subsidized care options and to communicate our role in providing quality personal care services. We also utilize consumer-directed sales, marketing and advertising programs designed to attract consumers. With respect to our hospice and home health patients, we receive substantially all of our referrals through other health care providers, such as hospitals, physicians, nursing homes and assisted living facilities. We have a team of community liaisons in our hospice and home health operations that educate and develop relationships with other health care providers and the community at large. 6 Table of Contents Payment for Services We are reimbursed for substantially all of our services by federal, state and local government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid state programs, managed care organizations, other state agencies and the Veterans Health Administration. In addition, we are reimbursed by commercial insurance and private pay consumers. Depending on the type of service, coverage for services may be predicated on a case manager, physician or nurse determination that the care is necessary or on the development of a plan for care in the home. Illinois Department on Aging A significant amount of our net service revenues from our personal care segment are derived from one specific payor client, the Illinois Department on Aging, which accounted for 21.4% and 23.0% of our net service revenues for 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Illinois Department on Aging coordinates programs and community-based services intended to improve quality of life and preserve the independence of older individuals. The Illinois Department on Aging is funded by Medicaid and general revenue funds of the state of Illinois, and also receives funding available under the federal Older Americans Act (“OAA”). The Department on Aging’s Community Care Program (“CCP”) provides adult day services, emergency home response and in- home services, which consist of personal care services, to individuals who are age 60 and over and meet other eligibility requirements. Some of these services are provided through Medicaid waivers granted by CMS. Consumers are identified by “care coordinators” contracted independently with the Illinois Department on Aging. Once a consumer has been evaluated and determined to be eligible for a program, an assigned care coordinator refers the consumer to a list of authorized providers, from which the consumer selects the provider. We provide our services in accordance with a care plan developed by the care coordinator and under administrative directives from the Illinois Department on Aging. We are reimbursed on an hourly fee-for-service basis. Other Federal, State and Local Payors Medicare Medicare is a federal program that provides medical services to persons aged 65 or older and other qualified persons with disabilities or end-stage renal disease. Each of our hospice and home care agencies must comply with the extensive conditions of participation in the Medicare program in order to continue receiving Medicare reimbursement. Hospice Medicare beneficiaries who have a terminal illness and a life expectancy of six months or less may elect to receive hospice benefits (i.e., palliative services for management of a terminal illness) in lieu of standard Medicare coverage for treatment. Hospice services are paid under the Medicare Hospice Prospective Payment System (“HPPS”), under which CMS sets a daily rate for each day a patient is enrolled in the hospice benefit. CMS requires hospice providers to submit quality reporting data each year and updates hospice payment rates annually using a market basket index. Hospices that do not satisfy quality reporting requirements are subject to a 2 percentage point reduction to the market basket percentage update. Beginning in 2024, the reduction to the market basket update for failure to satisfy quality reporting requirements will increase to 4 percentage points. Additionally, hospice providers are subject to two specific payment limit caps under the Medicare program each federal fiscal year: the inpatient cap and the aggregate cap, as discussed further in Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Home Health CMS reimburses home health agencies under a prospective payment system, paying a national, standardized 30-day period payment rate if a period of care meets a threshold of home health visits. The daily home health payment rate is adjusted for case-mix and area wage levels. CMS uses the Patient- Driven Groupings Model (“PDGM”) as the case-mix classification model to place periods of care into payment categories, classifying patients based on clinical characteristics. An outlier adjustment may be paid for periods of care in which costs exceed a specific threshold amount. CMS updates home health payment rates annually using a market basket index. Home health agencies that do not submit required quality data are subject to a 2 percentage point reduction to the market basket update. In addition, effective January 1, 2022, CMS began implementing a nationwide expansion of the Home Health Value- Based Purchasing (“HHVBP”) Model. Under the HHVBP Model, home health agencies will receive increases or reductions to their Medicare fee-for- service payments of up to 5%. Data collected in each performance year beginning in calendar year 2023 will impact Medicare payments two years later. The HHVBP Model is designed to support greater quality and efficiency of care by shifting from volume-based payments to a model where payments are tied to quality performance. Effective January 1, 2022, Medicare requires home health agencies to submit a one-time Notice of Admission (“NOA”) for each patient that establishes that the beneficiary is under a Medicare home health period of care. Failure to submit the NOA within five 7 Table of Contents calendar days from the start of care date will result in a reduction to the 30-day period payment amount for each day from the start of care date until the date the NOA is submitted. Medicaid Programs Medicaid is a state-administered program that provides certain social and medical services to qualified low-income individuals and is jointly funded by the federal government and individual states. Reimbursement rates and methods vary by state and service type, but are typically based on an hourly or unit-of-service basis. Rates are subject to adjustment based on statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, government funding limitations and interpretations of policy by individual state agencies. Within guidelines established by federal statutes and regulations, and subject to federal oversight, each state establishes its own eligibility standards, determines the type, amount, duration and scope of services, sets the rate of payment for services and administers its own program. States typically cover intermittent home health services for Medicaid beneficiaries, but cover continuous services for children and young adults with complicated medical conditions and home and community-based services for seniors and people with disabilities. Payment models vary by state. Currently, home health services are often reimbursed by state Medicaid programs on a fee-for-service basis. For hospice services, the state pays an amount for each day that a beneficiary is under the care of a hospice provider based on the type and intensity of services furnished. Many states are moving the administration of their Medicaid hospice and home health care programs to managed care organizations in order to effectively manage costs. Currently, personal care services and other HCBS are largely reimbursed on a fee-for-service basis. Some states have received permission from CMS to provide HCBS under waivers of traditional Medicaid requirements. In an effort to control escalating Medicaid costs, states are increasingly requiring Medicaid beneficiaries to enroll in managed care plans for better coordination of HCBS and health care services. For example, over three-quarters of Medicaid beneficiaries in Illinois are a part of the Health Choice Illinois statewide managed care program, which is serviced by various managed care organizations. Reimbursement from the managed care organizations for personal care services is generally on an hourly, fee-for-service basis with rates consistent with or as a percentage of the individual state funded rates, where applicable. Veterans Health Administration The Veterans Health Administration operates the nation’s largest integrated healthcare system, with more than 1,200 healthcare facilities, and provides healthcare benefits, including personal care, hospice and home health services, to eligible military veterans. The Veterans Health Administration provides funding to regional and local offices and facilities that support the in-home care needs of eligible aged and disabled veterans. Services are funded by local Veterans Medical Centers and the aid and attendance pension, which reimburses veterans for their otherwise unreimbursed health and long-term care expenses. We currently have relationships and agreements with the Veterans Health Administration to provide personal care services in several states, principally in New Mexico, Illinois and California. Other Other sources of funding are available to support personal care, hospice and home health services in different states and localities. For example, many states appropriate general funds or special use funds through targeted taxes or lotteries to finance personal care services for senior citizens and individuals with disabilities. Depending on the state, these funds may be used to supplement existing Medicaid programs or for distinct programs that serve non-Medicaid eligible consumers. COVID-19 Pandemic Relief Federal and state governments have passed legislation, promulgated regulations, and taken other administrative actions intended to assist healthcare providers in providing care to COVID-19 patients and other patients during the public health emergency. These temporary measures include relief from Medicare conditions of participation requirements for healthcare providers, relaxation of licensure requirements for healthcare professionals, relaxation of privacy restrictions for telehealth remote communications, promoting use of telehealth by expanding the scope of services for which Medicare reimbursement is available, and limited waivers of fraud and abuse laws for activities related to COVID-19 during the emergency period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—“Overview” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for detailed information regarding COVID-19 pandemic relief. Commercial Insurance Most long-term care insurance policies contain benefits for in-home services. Policies are generally subject to dollar limitations on the amount of daily, weekly or monthly coverage provided. 8 Table of Contents Private Pay Our private pay services are provided on an hourly or type of services basis. Our rates are established to achieve a pre-determined gross margin, and are competitive with those of other local providers. We bill our private pay consumers for services rendered weekly, bi-monthly or monthly. Other private payors include workers’ compensation programs/insurance, preferred provider organizations and employers. Insurance Programs and Costs We maintain workers’ compensation, general and professional liability, cyber, automobile, directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary liability and excess liability insurance. We offer various health insurance plans to eligible full-time and part-time employees. We believe our insurance coverage and self-insurance reserves are adequate for our current operations. However, we cannot be certain that any potential losses or asserted claims will not exceed such insurance coverage and self-insurance reserves. Human Capital The following is a breakdown of our part- and full-time employees, including the employees in our corporate support center, as of December 31, 2021: Caregivers and agency staff Corporate support centers Full-time Part-time Total 5,005 411 5,416 26,488 11 26,499 31,493 422 31,915 Our caregivers, excluding agency staff, provide substantially all of our services and comprise approximately 95.2% of our total workforce. They undergo a criminal background check and are provided with pre-service training and orientation and an evaluation of their skills. In many cases, caregivers are also required to attend ongoing in-service education. In certain states, our caregivers are required to complete certified training programs and maintain a state certification. Approximately 52.1% of our total employees are represented by labor unions. We maintain strong working relationships with these labor unions. We have numerous collective bargaining agreements with the Service Employees International Union (“SEIU”), which are renegotiated from time to time. We value our employees and believe they are the reason for our success. We strive to provide the following, among other things. Employee Health and Safety Addus continues to prioritize the health and safety of our employees. We recognize the importance of employee health and well-being, which can be assessed by measures such as employee satisfaction, work-related injuries and access to healthcare services. Our benefits strategy is to provide an attractive package for our eligible employees with quality care choices that fit their needs. Along with health insurance, we provide a number of benefits to encourage and support the health and safety of our employees, such as dental and vision insurance, disability and life insurance, a 401(k) plan and an employee assistance program. As the COVID-19 pandemic persists, we recognize the challenges presented and have adjusted our operations to comply with health and safety standards, regulations and guidance provided by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), the United States Department of Labor and other regulatory bodies that focus on the safety of employees. The steps taken included, but were not limited to, the following: • • • • • • Developed a multistep program in order to strongly encourage our employees to get the COVID-19 vaccine, which includes offering a vaccine stipend and incentives as well as delivering educational and motivational leadership communications; Issued guidance for clinical and field staff with respect to exposure to COVID-19 and return to service; Providing PPE to caregivers on a regular basis; Established various communication methods in order to communicate up-to-date real-time information relative to COVID-19, including on the Addus Intranet and a texting method to provide caregivers direct information; Completed branch office and corporate support center retrofitting where needed to maintain proper social distancing and implemented prescreen questionnaires; and Implemented remote and flexible work arrangements for the administrative employees in our corporate support centers. 9 Table of Contents Recruiting and Development Employee recruiting and retention remains a top priority each year for Addus, as we are committed to hiring and retaining excellent employees. As the labor market continues to be tight and unemployment has declined in comparison to earlier levels, the competition for new caregivers has increased, which will continue to impact our ability to attract and retain new caregivers. We believe that a strong workplace culture focused on employee engagement enables ongoing learning and promotes the development of individual career growth, necessary to successfully retain and develop diverse talent. Addus recognizes the importance of employee engagement and we have implemented programs focused on new hire experiences and integration, ongoing learning opportunities though the Addus Learning Academy and Addus Institute of Skilled Care Education (“AISCE”), and mentoring through leadership training. The Addus Learning Academy allows employees to access training and resources necessary to build the skills specifically related to their respective positions at Addus. AISCE provides continuing education courses to support licensing and re-certification for our clinical employees. Communication and Recognition We are committed to fostering employee satisfaction and wellness through employee recognition programs, communications and services. We have developed two primary communication tools to distribute information to our branches and administrative employees, the SC Connect and Addus Ink newsletters. Addus Ink is a quarterly newsletter that features local branch content from around the country that is focused on fulfilling our Addus Mission and Values. SC Connect is a biweekly newsletter that features important Company updates, information and resources. We have also implemented the Addus Elite Program, which has three levels of recognition; peer to peer, quarterly recognition and Addus Elite Hall of Fame, designed to celebrate the amazing work our employees do on a daily basis. We believe it is important to acknowledge our colleagues, managers, and direct reports who are living our Addus Mission and Values every day. Community Outreach We are committed to efforts to make a difference in our communities. Our local investments include providing monetary and personnel contributions to faith based organizations, public housing authorities, public school systems and other non-profit community organizations. For example, we partner with organizations such as The Hope Foundation, which provides resources to families in need of additional help outside of the hospice benefit; the National Minority Health Association, which seeks to mobilize homecare workers to increase vaccination confidence and rates in underserved communities through its Flex for Checks community-based program; and National Association of Area Agencies on Aging, a network of agencies responsible for local planning of home and community based services delivered to older Americans. Additionally, our employees are involved in various local events such as taking part in town parades, holding food drives and providing health and PPE to first responders. Technology We currently utilize multiple applications to support our various lines of business and locations for patient accounting. Each application supports its respective line of business and locations with administrative, office, clinical and operating information system needs, including compliance of our operating systems with federal and state privacy, security and interoperability requirements. Each assists our staff in gathering information to improve the quality of consumer care, optimize financial performance, promote regulatory compliance and enhance staff efficiency. Each application is hosted by the vendor in a secure data center, which provides multiple redundancies for storage, power, bandwidth and security. In order to comply with current and future state and federal regulations around EVV use, we utilize several different vendors and have built interfaces between the EVV vendor and the patient accounting system utilized in the respective branch location. Our caregivers use a mix of Interactive Voice Response (“IVR”) and mobile applications for EVV. In addition, we use these technologies to record basic information about each visit, record start and end times for a scheduled shift, track mileage reimbursement, send text messages to the caregivers and communicate basic payroll information. We license the Qlik Business Intelligence (“Qlik”) platform to provide historical, current, and forward-looking operational performance analysis. We currently have our personal care and hospice segments integrated into Qlik. Qlik provides high-level historical and current analytical views to measure performance against budget and deliver insight into the various factors driving our execution against our financial, operational, and compliance goals. This analysis is available in summary and detailed views to accommodate user needs at all levels, from senior management to operators in the field. We utilize the ADPVantage Suite as our base human resources and payroll processing system and use their services and products to manage our leave of absence processes, benefits, 401(k) and flexible spending account administration, garnishment services, payroll tax filings, ACA compliance and filings, and time and attendance. For financial management, we utilize Oracle’s 10 Table of Contents Planning Budgeting Cloud Service as our solution for budgeting, forecasting, and financial reporting and Oracle Fusion for the general ledger, accounts payable and fixed assets. Government Regulation Overview Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation. Changes in the laws and regulations, including as a result of governmental responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations may have a material impact on the definition of permissible activities, the relative cost of doing business, and the methods and amounts of payment for care by both governmental and other payors. In addition, differences among state laws may impede our ability to expand into certain markets. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer administrative civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate and our ability to participate in federal or state programs. In addition, the healthcare industry has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, extensive and dynamic change. It is difficult to predict the effect of these changes on budgetary allocations for our services. See further discussion at “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—“Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Medicare and Medicaid Participation To participate in and qualify for reimbursement under Medicare, our home health agencies and hospices must comply with extensive conditions of participation. Likewise, to participate in Medicaid programs, our personal care services, home health agencies and hospices are subject to various requirements imposed by federal and state authorities. If we were to violate the applicable federal and state regulations governing Medicare or Medicaid participation, we could be excluded from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and be subject to substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties. Health Reform The U.S. Congress and certain state legislatures have passed many laws and regulations in recent years intended to effect major change within the national healthcare system, the most prominent of which is the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, “ACA”). The ACA affects how healthcare services are delivered and reimbursed through the expansion of public and private health insurance coverage, reduction of growth in Medicare and Medicaid program spending, and the establishment and expansion of programs that tie reimbursement to quality and integration. The law has been subject to legislative and regulatory changes and court challenges. Although the current presidential administration has indicated its intent to protect the ACA, it is possible that there may be continued changes to the ACA, its implementation or interpretation. Many states are exploring payment and delivery reform initiatives, including quality of care incentives. Some states use or have applied to use Medicaid waivers granted by CMS to implement the ACA’s Medicaid expansion provisions, impose different eligibility or enrollment restrictions, or otherwise implement programs that vary from federal standards. However, President Biden issued an executive order in 2021 that instructed certain federal governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to health insurance coverage and CMS subsequently reduced certain Medicaid program flexibilities it had previously granted. Enrollment in managed Medicaid plans has increased in recent years, as state governments seek to control the cost of Medicaid programs. Managed Medicaid programs enable states to contract with one or more entities for patient enrollment, care management and claims adjudication. The states usually do not relinquish program responsibilities for financing, eligibility criteria and core benefit plan design. The CMS Innovation Center tests innovative payment and service delivery systems to reduce Medicare and Medicaid program expenditures while maintaining or enhancing quality. For example, the CMS Innovation Center has supported testing of new models of care for “dual eligibles,” funding of home health providers that offer chronic care management services, and establishment of pilot programs that bundle acute care hospital services with physician services and post-acute care services, which may include home health services for certain patients. The Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care Transformation Act of 2014 (“IMPACT Act”) requires HHS, in conjunction with the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, to propose a unified post- acute care payment model by 2023. A unified post-acute care payment model would pay post-acute care providers, such as long-term care facilities, skilled nursing facilities, and home health agencies, under a single framework according to a patient’s characteristics, rather than the post-acute care setting where the patient receives treatment. These systems could have a material impact on our business. It is difficult to predict the nature and success of future financial or delivery system reforms implemented by HHS, the CMS Innovation Center and other industry participants. There is uncertainty regarding the potential impact of health reform efforts at the federal and state levels. For example, some members of Congress have proposed measures that would expand government-sponsored coverage, including single-payor models. Some states have implemented or are considering measures such as individual health insurance mandates and public health insurance 11 Table of Contents options. Other industry participants, such as private payers and large employer groups and their affiliates, may also introduce financial or delivery system reforms. Health reform initiatives and proposals from the government or the private sector may impact prices, our relationships with patients, payers or ancillary providers, and our competitive position, among other effects. Permits, Licensure and Certificate of Need Our hospice, home health and personal care services are authorized and/or licensed under various state and county requirements, which cover a variety of topics including standards regarding the provision of medical or care services, clinical records, personnel, infection control and care plans. Additionally, health care professionals at our agencies are required to be individually licensed or certified under state law. Although our personal care service caregivers are generally not subject to licensure requirements, certain states require them to complete pre- and post-employment training programs, background checks, and, in certain instances, maintain state certification. We believe we are currently licensed appropriately as required by the laws of the states in which we operate in all material respects, but additional licensing requirements may be imposed upon us in existing markets or markets that we enter in the future. Some states also require a provider to obtain a certificate of need or permit of approval (“CON”) before establishing, constructing, acquiring or expanding certain health services, operations or facilities or making certain capital expenditures. These requirements are intended to avoid unnecessary duplication of services. In order to obtain a CON, a state health planning agency must determine that a need exists for the project. Fraud and Abuse Laws The laws and regulations governing our operations, including the terms of participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other government programs, impose certain requirements and limitations on our operations, business arrangements and our interactions with providers and consumers. These laws include, but are not limited to, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal Stark law, the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”), the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, other federal and state fraud and abuse, insurance fraud, and fee-splitting laws, which may extend to services reimbursable by any payer, including private insurers. The fraud and abuse laws and regulations to which we are subject include but are not limited to: • • • • The federal Anti-Kickback statute, which prohibits providers and others from directly or indirectly soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration with the intent of generating referrals or orders for services or items covered by a federal health care program. Courts have interpreted this statute broadly and held that there is a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute if just one purpose of the remuneration is to generate referrals. The federal physician self-referral law, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits physicians from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to healthcare entities in which they or any of their immediate family members have ownership interests or other financial arrangements, if these entities provide certain “designated health services” (including home health services) reimbursable by Medicare or Medicaid, unless an exception applies. The Stark Law also prohibits entities that provide designated health services reimbursable by Medicare and Medicaid from billing the Medicare and Medicaid programs for any items or services that result from a prohibited referral and requires the entities to refund amounts received for items or services provided pursuant to the prohibited referral on a timely basis. The federal FCA and similar state laws that govern the submission of claims for reimbursement and prohibit the making of false claims or statements. The government may use the FCA to prosecute Medicare and other government program fraud in areas such as coding errors and billing for services not provided. Among the many other potential bases for liability is the knowing and improper failure to report and refund amounts owed to the government within 60 days of identifying an overpayment. Submission of claims for services or items generated in violation of the Anti-kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA. The federal government has taken the position, and some courts have held, that providers who allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the Stark Law, have thereby submitted false claims under the FCA. The FCA may be enforced directly by the federal government or by a whistleblower on the government’s behalf. The federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits, among other conduct, offering remuneration to influence a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary’s selection of a healthcare provider, contracting with an individual or entity known to be excluded from a federal healthcare program, billing for services not rendered or for medically unnecessary services, misrepresenting actual services rendered in order to obtain higher reimbursement, and the failure to return overpayments in a timely manner. 12 Table of Contents • State anti-kickback and self-referral provisions, false claims laws, insurance fraud laws, and fee-splitting laws. The scope and interpretation of these state laws vary, and in some cases apply to items or services reimbursed by any payer, including patients and commercial insurers. Penalties for violation of various fraud and abuse laws or other failure to substantially comply with the numerous conditions of participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs may result in criminal penalties, civil sanctions, including substantial civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Payment Integrity We are subject to routine and periodic surveys and audits by various governmental agencies and other payors. From time to time, we receive and respond to survey reports containing statements of deficiencies. Periodic and random audits conducted or directed by these agencies could result in a delay in receipt or an adjustment to the amount of reimbursements due or received under federal or state programs. CMS and state Medicaid agencies contract with third parties to promote the integrity of the Medicaid and Medicare programs through reviews of quality concerns and detections and corrections of improper payments. For example, CMS and state Medicaid agencies contract with recovery audit contractors (“RACs”) on a contingency fee basis to conduct post-payment reviews to detect and correct improper payments in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. In addition, CMS engages unified program integrity contractors (“UPICS”) to perform proactive analysis, audits, investigations and other program integrity functions across the Medicare and Medicaid programs, with the goal of identifying and deterring fraud and abuse to avoid improper payments. From time to time, various federal and state agencies, such as HHS, issue pronouncements that identify practices and provider types that may be subject to heightened scrutiny, as well as practices that may violate fraud and abuse laws. We believe, but cannot assure you, that our operations comply with the principles expressed by HHS in these reports, advisories and guidance. HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security and Data Exchange Requirements The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (“HIPAA”) and its implementing regulations require the use of uniform electronic data transmission standards and code sets for certain healthcare claims and reimbursement payment transactions submitted or received electronically. HIPAA extensively regulates the use, disclosure, confidentiality, availability and integrity of individually identifiable health information, known as “protected health information,” and provides for a number of individual rights with respect to such information. As a “covered entity” subject to HIPAA, we are required to maintain privacy and security policies, train workforce members, maintain physical, administrative, and technical safeguards, enter into confidentiality agreements with vendors that handle protected health information (“business associates”), and permit individuals to access and amend their protected health information. In addition, we must report any breaches of unsecured protected health information. HIPAA violations may result in criminal penalties and significant civil penalties. Other federal and state laws and regulations that apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data, such as the California Consumer Protection Act, which was recently significantly modified by the California Privacy Rights Act, may impose additional or inconsistent obligations and/or result in additional penalties. Health care providers and industry participants are also subject to a growing number of requirements intended to promote the interoperability and exchange of patient health information, including prohibitions on information blocking. Environmental, Health and Safety Laws We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing the storage, transport, use and disposal of hazardous materials and waste products. In the event of an accident involving such hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or fall outside the coverage of our insurance. We may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we could be affected by climate change to the extent that climate change results in severe weather conditions or other disruptions impacting the communities in which we conduct operations or adversely impacts general economic conditions, including in communities in which we conduct operations. At the current time, our compliance with environmental legal requirements, including legal requirements relating to climate change, do not have a material effect on our capital expenditures, financial results or operations, and we did not incur material capital expenditures for environmental matters during the year ended December 31, 2021. However, it is possible that developments may arise in the future arising from climate change or other environmental developments that we are unable to currently predict. 13 Table of Contents Access to Public Filings Through our website, www.addus.com, we make available, free of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. In addition to our website, the SEC maintains an internet site that contains our reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The references to our website address in this Form 10-K do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website and should not be considered part of this document. 14 Table of Contents ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Any of the risks described below, and the risks described elsewhere in this Form 10-K, could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and cause the actual outcome of matters to differ materially from our current expectations as reflected in forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K. The considerations and risks that follow are organized within relevant headings but may be relevant to other headings as well. The risk factors described below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K are not the only risks we face. Our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may also be materially adversely affected by factors that are not currently known to us, by factors that we currently consider immaterial or by factors that are not specific to us, such as general economic conditions. You should refer to the explanation of the qualifications and limitations on forward-looking statements under “Special Caution Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.” All forward-looking statements made by us are qualified by the risk factors described below. Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic and External Factors The COVID-19 pandemic could negatively affect our operations, business and financial condition, and our liquidity could also be negatively impacted, particularly if the U.S. economic and/or public health conditions deteriorate in connection with the pandemic. On January 31, 2020, the Secretary of HHS declared a national public health emergency due to a novel coronavirus. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19, the disease caused by this novel coronavirus, a pandemic. The disease continues to be widespread throughout the United States and other parts of the world and continues to affect the overall economic conditions in the United States. In response to the emergence of new variants and increasing cases, various governmental authorities and private businesses have continued or are re-imposing certain measures intended to contain the spread of the virus, such as masking and vaccine mandates. At this time, it is difficult to predict the future impact of the pandemic on economic conditions in the United States and our business. Our home health and hospice providers have experienced difficulty in accessing facility-based patients because of concerns about the spread of COVID-19, and we expect that this difficulty will continue. As front-line providers of healthcare services and personal care services, our employees that contract COVID-19 could be unable to continue to perform their duties, and we could face litigation if our employees or customers contract COVID-19 while our employees perform their duties. In addition, we have incurred and will continue to incur additional costs related to protecting the health and well- being, and meeting the needs, of our patients, employees, and contractors as we implement operational changes in response to the pandemic. Staffing, equipment, pharmaceutical and medical supplies shortages may impact our ability to schedule and treat patients. While the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, the extent of future impact will depend on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, including the severity and transmission rate of prevalent strains of COVID-19, the extent and effectiveness of containment actions taken, the timing, availability and effectiveness of medical treatments, vaccines and booster shots, and the impact of any mutations of the virus. If general economic conditions or public health conditions deteriorate, our liquidity and ability to repay our outstanding debt may be harmed. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic has previously caused disruption in the financial markets and the businesses of financial institutions and may do so again, potentially causing a slowdown in the decision-making of these institutions. This may affect the timing on which we may obtain any additional funding and there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional funds on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Depending on the severity and length of any potential economic downturn, states could face significant fiscal challenges and revise their revenue forecasts and adjust their budgets, and sales tax collections and income tax withholdings could be depressed in fiscal year 2021 (which began July 1 in most states), and, potentially, future fiscal years. In this regard, Illinois, New Mexico and New York, our top three personal care markets, previously revised revenue estimates downward for the 2021 fiscal year as the result of earlier negative economic conditions arising from the pandemic. Also in response to reduced revenues, the state of New York authorized the issuance of short-term bonds and implemented uniform reductions to Medicaid payments. Effective for dates of service on or after April 2, 2020, the uniform reduction rate is 1.5%. The reduction applies to home health services but hospice services are exempt. We cannot determine the impact that COVID-19 may have on states’ budgets for 2022 or beyond, or if additional federal stimulus measures will be provided. However, such impacts could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Due to the widespread availability of vaccinations and other factors, various restrictions that previously limited non-essential employment opportunities in most states that we operate in have been lifted. As the labor market continues to be tight and unemployment has declined in comparison to earlier levels, the competition for new caregivers has increased, which will continue to impact our ability to attract and retain new caregivers. In addition, the competition for skilled healthcare staff has increased significantly, which continues to impact our ability to attract and retain qualified skilled healthcare staff. 15 Table of Contents OSHA adopted a rule in November 2021 which would require all employers with 100 or more employees to require their workforce to be fully vaccinated or, alternatively, to provide a negative COVID-19 test result on a weekly basis. CMS also issued an interim rule in November 2021 requiring COVID-19 vaccinations for workers in Medicare- and Medicaid-certified providers and suppliers, including hospices and home health agencies, and covers clinical staff, individuals providing services under arrangements, volunteers and staff who are not involved in direct patient care. On January 13, 2022, the U.S. Supreme Court blocked the implementation of the OSHA rule but allowed the CMS interim rule to take effect. In response, President Biden rescinded the private employer mandate and called on states and businesses to voluntarily institute vaccination requirements to protect workers, customers and the broader community. We are monitoring developments related to these plans as information becomes available to assess how these plans, including any national, state or local vaccine mandates, may impact our workforce in personal care, home health, hospice and our corporate support centers. It is currently difficult to predict the impact that any of these vaccine mandates may have on us or the extent to which these vaccine mandates will ultimately become effective. However, these vaccine mandates, to the extent they become effective, could result in the loss of personnel who are unvaccinated, including at our hospitals and other healthcare facilities, in a manner that adversely affects us. The foregoing and other continued disruptions to our business as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic could result in an adverse effect on our business, result of operations, financial condition, liquidity, cash flows and our ability to service our indebtedness. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic could heighten the risks in certain of the other risk factors described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are unable to predict the ultimate impact of the CARES Act and other existing or future stimulus or relief legislation, if any, or the effect that such legislation and other governmental responses intended to assist healthcare providers in responding to the COVID-19 pandemic may have on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. There can be no assurance as to the total amount of financial assistance we will receive, or that we will be able to benefit from provisions intended to increase access to resources and ease regulatory burdens for healthcare providers. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, federal and state governments have passed legislation, promulgated regulations and taken other administrative actions intended to assist healthcare providers in providing care to COVID-19 and other patients and to provide financial relief to healthcare providers. Together, the CARES Act, the PPPHCE Act, the CAA and the ARPA authorize over $186 billion in funding to be distributed to health care providers through the Provider Relief Fund. These funds are intended to reimburse eligible providers, including public entities and Medicare and/or Medicaid-enrolled providers and suppliers, for healthcare-related expenses or lost revenues attributable to COVID-19. Recipients are not required to repay these funds, provided that they attest to and comply with certain terms and conditions, including not using Provider Relief Fund payments to reimburse expenses or losses that other sources are obligated to reimburse and submitting reports as required by HHS. The Company has acquired and may in the future acquire companies that have received funds from the Provider Relief Fund. The Company has also received amounts from the Provider Relief Fund and utilized a portion of those funds to offset increased healthcare related expenses attributable to COVID-19 that were unreimbursed by other sources and returned any unused funds. Recipients of Provider Relief Fund payments are subject to audit requirements, and we expect that recipients of funds from the Provider Relief Fund will be subject to significant scrutiny by the federal government. We have structured and will continue to structure our use of these funds in accordance with the terms and conditions, but federal regulators may disagree with our interpretation of these terms and conditions and require that we repay some or all amounts received at our facilities and pay or impose other penalties. The CARES Act also makes other forms of financial assistance available to healthcare providers, including through Medicare and Medicaid payment adjustments and an expansion of the Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program, which makes available advance payments of Medicare funds in order to increase cash flow to providers. Hospice and home health providers were able to request an advance or accelerated payment of up to 100% of the Medicare payment amount for a three-month period (not including Medicare Advantage payments). In addition to financial assistance, the CARES Act and related legislation include provisions intended to increase access to medical supplies and equipment and ease legal and regulatory burdens on healthcare providers, as well as certain federal income and other tax changes, including the deferral of the employer portion of Social Security payroll taxes. Many of these measures, such as flexibilities related to the provision of telehealth services, are effective only for the duration of the public health emergency. The current public health emergency determination expires April 16, 2022, but HHS has indicated it will provide states with 60 days’ notice prior to termination of the declaration. The HHS Secretary may choose to renew the declaration for successive 90-day periods for as long as the emergency continues to exist and may terminate the declaration whenever he determines that the public health emergency no longer exists. It is unclear for how long the public health emergency declaration will be extended. The CARES Act also includes numerous income tax provisions including changes to the net operating loss rules and business interest expense deduction rules. There is still a high degree of uncertainty surrounding the CARES Act and related legislation, and the pandemic continues to evolve. The federal government may consider additional stimulus and relief efforts, but we are unable to predict whether additional measures will be enacted or their impact. There can be no assurance as to the total amount of financial and other types of assistance 16 Table of Contents we will receive under existing or future legislation, if any, and it is difficult to predict the impact of such legislation on our operations or how it will affect operations of our competitors. Further, there can be no assurance that the terms and conditions of the Provider Relief Fund or other programs will not change in ways that affect funding we may receive, our ability to comply with such terms and conditions in the future or our eligibility to participate. We continue to assess the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government responses to the pandemic, including the CARES Act and related legislation, on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We may be more vulnerable to the effects of a public health emergency than other businesses due to the nature of our consumers and the physical proximity required by our operations. The majority of our consumers and patients are older individuals, many of whom may be more vulnerable than the general public during a pandemic or in a public health emergency due to complex medical conditions or other socioeconomic factors. Our employees are also at greater risk of contracting contagious diseases due to their increased exposure to vulnerable consumers. Due to the physical proximity required to offer many of our services, our employees could have difficulty attending to our consumers if social distancing policies or quarantines are instituted in response to a public health emergency. In addition, the Company may expand existing internal policies in a manner that may have a similar effect. At times of high COVID-19 prevalence during the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, a significant number of our employees were unable to provide services because of quarantine policies. If another pandemic were to occur, or the existing COVID-19 pandemic does not abate or worsens, we could again suffer significant losses to our consumer population or a reduction in the availability of our employees. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, older adults and people with certain underlying medical conditions are at a higher risk for serious illness from COVID-19. Although the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations has not been material, the extent to which it may impact our results in the longer term is uncertain. Accordingly, certain public health emergencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to our Growth Strategy Our growth strategy depends on our ability to manage growing and effectively integrating operations and we may not be successful in managing this growth. Our business plan calls for significant growth in business over the next several years through the expansion of our services in existing markets and the establishment of a presence in new markets. This growth has placed and continues to place significant demands on our management team, systems, internal controls and financial and professional resources. In addition, we will need to further develop our financial controls and reporting systems to accommodate our growth. This could require us to incur expenses for hiring additional qualified personnel, retaining professionals to assist in developing the appropriate control systems and expanding our information technology infrastructure. Our inability to effectively manage growth could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Previously completed or future acquisitions, or growth initiatives, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities. Our growth strategy includes geographical expansion into new markets and the addition of new services in existing markets through the acquisition of local service providers. These acquisitions involve significant risks and uncertainties, including difficulties assimilating acquired personnel and other corporate cultures into our business, the potential loss of key employees or consumers of acquired providers, regulatory risks, the assumption of liabilities, exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired providers, and the diversion of the management team’s attention. In the past, we have made acquisitions that have not performed as expected or that we have been unable to successfully integrate with our existing operations. In addition, our due diligence review of acquired businesses may not successfully identify all potential issues. Further, following completion of an acquisition, we may not be able to maintain the growth rate, levels of revenue, earnings or operating efficiency that we and the acquired business have achieved or might achieve separately. While we continue to seek out and pursue acquisition opportunities, we are doing so with additional caution and diligence due to COVID-19 related considerations. The failure to effectively integrate future acquisitions could have a material adverse impact on our operations. We have grown our business through de novo offices and we may in the future selectively open new offices in existing and new states. De novo offices involve risks, including those relating to licensing, accreditation, and payor program enrollment, hiring new personnel, establishing relationships with referral sources and delays or difficulty in installing our operating and information systems. We may not be successful in generating sufficient business activity to sustain the operating costs of such de novo operations. 17 Table of Contents We may be unable to pursue acquisitions or expand into new geographic regions without obtaining additional capital or consent from our lenders. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had cash balances of $168.9 million and $145.1 million, respectively, and $224.9 million and $196.6 million, respectively, of outstanding debt on our credit facility. After giving effect to the amount drawn on our credit facility, approximately $8.2 million and $9.0 million of outstanding letters of credit at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and borrowing limits based on an advanced multiple of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement), we had $143.6 million and $112.6 million available for borrowing under our credit facility as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Since our credit facility provides for borrowings based on a multiple of an Adjusted EBITDA ratio, any declines in our Adjusted EBITDA would result in a decrease in our available borrowings under our credit facility. We cannot predict the timing, size and success of our acquisition efforts, our efforts to expand into new geographic regions or the associated capital commitments. If we do not have sufficient cash resources or availability under our credit facility, our growth could be limited unless we obtain additional equity or debt financing. In the future, we may elect to issue additional equity securities in conjunction with raising capital, completing an acquisition or expanding into a new geographic region. Such issuances could be dilutive to existing shareholders. In addition, our ability under our credit facility to consummate acquisitions is restricted if we exceed certain Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement, and subject to adjustments as provided therein) thresholds, without the consent of the lenders; provided, however, in certain circumstances, in connection with a Material Acquisition (as defined in the Credit Agreement), we can elect to increase our Total Net Leverage Ratio compliance covenant for the then current fiscal quarter and the three succeeding fiscal quarters. Further, our credit facility requires, among other things, that we are in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth therein and that no event of default exists before and after giving effect to any proposed acquisition. Our ability to expand in a manner consistent with historic practices may be limited if we are unable to obtain such consent from our lenders. Business Risks Timing differences in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems. We fund operations primarily through the collection of accounts receivable, but there is a delay between the time that we provide services and the time that we receive reimbursement or payment for these services. These delays may result from such factors as changes by payors to data submission requirements, requests by fiscal intermediaries for additional data or documentation, other Medicare or Medicaid issues, or information system problems. Further, many of the states in which we operate are operating with budget deficits for the 2021 fiscal year and the ongoing economic impact of the COVID- 19 pandemic could impact fiscal year 2022 state budgets. These and other states may in the future delay reimbursement, which would adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, from time to time, procedural issues require us to resubmit claims before payment is remitted, which contributes to our aged receivables. Additionally, we may experience unanticipated delays in receiving reimbursement from state programs due to changes in their policies or billing or audit procedures. Delays in receiving reimbursement or payments from Medicare, Medicaid and other payors may adversely impact our working capital. As a result, working capital management, including prompt and diligent billing and collection, is an important factor in our results of operations and liquidity. Our working capital management procedures may not successfully negate this risk. We are and have been subject to routine and periodic surveys, audits and investigations by various governmental agencies. In addition to surveys to determine compliance with the conditions of participation, CMS has engaged a number of contractors (including Medicare Administrative Contractors ("MACs"), RACs and UPICs) to conduct audits and investigations to evaluate billing practices and identify overpayments. These audits and investigations can result in recoupments by Medicare and other payors of amounts previously paid to us. In addition to audits by CMS contractors, individual states are implementing similar integrity programs using Medicaid RACs. We are unable to predict what additional government regulations, if any, affecting our business may be enacted in the future, how existing or future laws and regulations might be interpreted or whether we will be able to comply with such laws and regulations either in the markets in which we presently conduct, or wish to commence, business. In certain states, payment of claims may be impacted by the Review Choice Demonstration for Home Health Services, a program intended to identify and prevent fraud, reduce the number of Medicare appeals, and improve provider compliance with Medicare program requirements. The program is limited to home health agencies in Illinois, Ohio, North Carolina, Florida and Texas. Providers in these states may initially select from the following claims review and approval processes: pre-claim review, post-payment review, or a minimal post-payment review with a 25% payment reduction. Home health agencies that maintain high compliance levels will be eligible for additional, less burdensome options. We are currently unable to predict what impact, if any, this program may have on our result of operations or financial position. 18 Table of Contents Our revenues are concentrated in a small number of states which makes us particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in those states. Our revenues are particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in states in which we generate a significant portion of our revenues including Illinois, New Mexico and New York. Accordingly, any change in the current demographic, economic, competitive or regulatory conditions in these states could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Changes to the Medicaid programs in these states could also have a disproportionately adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Future efforts to reduce the costs of the Illinois Department on Aging programs could adversely affect our service revenues and profitability. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we derived approximately 21.4% and 23.0%, respectively, of our revenue from the Illinois Department on Aging programs. Previous state government officials have attempted to reduce government spending by proposing changes aimed at reducing expenditures by this department. The nature and extent of any proposed future cost reduction initiatives is unknown. If future reforms impact the eligibility of consumers for services, the number of hours authorized or otherwise restrict services provided to existing consumers, our service revenues, results of operations, financial position and growth may be adversely affected. Failure to renew a significant payor agreement or group of related payor agreements may materially impact our revenue. Each of our agreements is generally in effect for a specific term, but they are also generally terminable with 60 days’ notice. Our ability to renew or retain our agreements depends on our quality of service and reputation, as well as other factors over which we have little or no control, such as state appropriations and changes in provider eligibility requirements. Additionally, failure to satisfy any of the numerous technical renewal requirements in connection with our proposals for agreements could result in a proposal being rejected even if it contains favorable pricing terms. Failure to obtain, renew or retain agreements with major payors may negatively impact our results of operations and revenue. We can give no assurance these agreements will be renewed on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Negative publicity or changes in public perception of our services may adversely affect our ability to receive referrals, obtain new agreements and renew existing agreements. Our success in receiving referrals, obtaining new agreements and renewing our existing agreements depends upon maintaining our reputation as a quality service provider among governmental authorities, physicians, hospitals, discharge planning departments, case managers, nursing homes, rehabilitation centers, advocacy groups, consumers and their families, other referral sources and the public. While we believe that the services that we provide are of high quality, if our quality measures, which are published online by CMS, are deemed to be not of the highest value, our reputation could be negatively affected. Negative publicity, changes in public perceptions of our services or government investigations of our operations could damage our reputation and hinder our ability to receive referrals, retain agreements or obtain new agreements. Increased government scrutiny may also contribute to an increase in compliance costs and could discourage consumers from using our services. Any of these events could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Our business may be harmed by labor relations matters. We are subject to a risk of work stoppages and other labor relations matters because our hourly workforce is highly unionized. As of December 31, 2021, 52.1% of our workforce was represented by labor unions. We have numerous agreements with local SEIU affiliates which are renegotiated from time to time. These negotiations are often initiated when we receive increases in our hourly rates from various state agencies. Upon expiration of these collective bargaining agreements, we may not be able to negotiate labor agreements on satisfactory terms with these labor unions. A strike, work stoppage or other slowdown could result in a disruption of our operations and/or higher ongoing labor costs, which could adversely affect our business. Moreover, potential changes to federal labor laws and regulations, including those supported by the current presidential administration, could increase the likelihood of employee unionization activity and the ability of employees to unionize. Labor costs are the most significant component of our total expenditures and, therefore, an increase in the cost of labor could significantly harm our business. If we were required to write down all or part of our goodwill and/or our intangible assets, our net earnings and net worth could be materially adversely affected. Goodwill and intangible assets with finite lives represent a significant portion of our assets. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired in business combinations. For example, if our market capitalization drops significantly below the amount of net equity recorded on our balance sheet, it might indicate a decline in our fair value and would require us to further evaluate whether our goodwill has been impaired. If as part of our annual review of goodwill and intangibles, we were required to write down all or a significant part of our goodwill and/or intangible assets, our net earnings and net worth could be 19 Table of Contents materially adversely affected, which could affect our flexibility to obtain additional financing. In addition, if our assumptions used in preparing our valuations for purposes of impairment testing differ materially from actual future results, we may record impairment charges in the future and our financial results may be materially adversely affected. We had $504.4 million and $469.1 million of goodwill and $64.3 million and $71.5 million of intangible assets recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. It is not possible at this time to determine if there will be any future impairment charge, or if there is, whether such charges would be material. We will continue to review our goodwill and other intangible assets for possible impairment. We cannot be certain that a downturn in our business or changes in market conditions will not result in an impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets and the recognition of resulting expenses in future periods, which could adversely affect our results of operations for those periods. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, such failure could adversely impact our business and stock price. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires our management to report on, and requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Compliance with SEC regulations adopted pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Compliance with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act has increased our legal and financial compliance costs making some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and may also place strain on our personnel, systems and resources. Accordingly, we are required to have an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management previously determined that a material weakness in our internal control existed as of December 31, 2018, and that two additional material weaknesses existed as of December 31, 2019. Although each of these material weaknesses was remediated as of December 31, 2020 and management determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of that date, as discussed in Item 9A of Part II of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, we cannot assure you that we will not identify another material weakness in the future. To the extent that we now or in the future have deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are not remediated, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or key operating metrics could be impaired, which could result in a material misstatement in our financial statements, late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements or other corrective disclosures, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity and could create a perception that our financial results do not fairly state our financial condition or results of operations, any of which could have an adverse effect on the value of our stock. Compliance with changing laws and regulations including specific program compliance may result in additional expenses and pose challenges for our management team. The state agencies that contract for our services require us to comply with various laws and regulations affecting the services we provide. We have a compliance officer who monitors and reports on our compliance efforts. The laws and regulations governing our operations are subject to change. The implementation of these changes may require us to increase our efforts to remain compliant, may reduce the authorizations for services to be provided, and may result in certain consumers no longer being eligible for our services, any of which may result in lower revenues and increased costs, reducing our operating performance and profitability. If we continue to serve our consumers without addressing changes in laws and regulations, we are at risk for non- compliance with program requirements and potential penalties. Regulatory and Regulatory Risks Our hospice operations are subject to annual Medicare caps. If we exceed the caps, our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Overall payments made by Medicare to each hospice provider number (generally corresponding to each of our hospice agencies) are subject to an inpatient cap and an aggregate cap, which are set each federal fiscal year. The inpatient cap limits the number of days of inpatient care to no more than 20% of total patient care days. The aggregate cap limits the amount of Medicare reimbursement a hospice may receive, based on the number of Medicare patients served. If a hospice’s Medicare payments exceed its inpatient or aggregate caps, it must repay Medicare for the excess amount. If payments received under any of our hospice provider numbers exceed these caps, we may be required to reimburse Medicare such excess amounts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 20 Table of Contents Reductions in reimbursement and other changes to Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal, state and local medical and social programs could adversely affect our consumer caseload, units of service, revenues, gross profit and profitability. A significant portion of our caseload and revenues are derived from government healthcare programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we derived approximately 58.0% of our net service revenues from state and local governmental agencies, primarily through Medicaid state programs. However, changes in government healthcare programs may decrease the reimbursement we receive or limit access to, or utilization of, our services. As federal healthcare expenditures continue to increase and as some state governments navigate budgetary pressures, federal and state governments have made, and may continue to make, significant changes to the Medicare and Medicaid programs and reimbursement received for services rendered to beneficiaries of such programs. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011 requires automatic spending reductions to reduce the federal deficit, including Medicare spending reductions of up to 2% per fiscal year, with a uniform percentage reduction across all Medicare programs. CMS began imposing a 2% reduction on Medicare claims in April 2013, and these reductions have been extended through 2030, although the CARES Act and related legislation temporarily suspend this 2% reduction from May 1, 2020, through March 31, 2022, and reduce the sequestration adjustments from 2% to 1% from April 1 through June 30, 2022. The full 2% reduction is currently scheduled to resume July 1, 2022 and the reductions for 2030 have been increased to 2.25% for the first six months and to 3% for the second six months. As a result of the ARPA, an additional Medicare payment reduction of up to 4% was required to take effect in January 2022, although Congress has delayed implementation of this reduction until 2023. The Medicaid program, which is jointly funded by the federal and state governments, is often a state’s largest program. Governmental agencies generally condition their agreements upon a sufficient budgetary appropriation. Almost all of the states in which we operate have experienced periodic financial pressures and budgetary shortfalls due to challenging economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the rising costs of healthcare. Reductions to federal support for state Medicaid or other programs could also result in budgetary shortfalls. As a result, many states have made, are considering or may consider making changes in their Medicaid or other state and local medical and social programs, including enacting legislation designed to reduce Medicaid expenditures. Changes that may occur at the federal or state level to contain costs include: • • • • • • • • • limiting increases in, or decreasing, reimbursement rates; redefining eligibility standards or coverage criteria for social and medical programs or the receipt of services under those programs; increasing consumer responsibility, including through increased co-payment requirements; decreasing benefits, such as limiting the number of hours of personal care services that will be covered; changing reimbursement methodology and program participation eligibility; slowing payments to providers; increasing utilization of self-directed care alternatives or “all inclusive” programs; shifting beneficiaries to managed care organizations; and implementing demonstration projects and alternative payment models. Certain of these measures have been implemented by, or are proposed in, states in which we operate. For example, we provide support services as a fiscal intermediary to the New York Consumer Directed Personal Assistance Program (“CDPAP”), a self-directed care alternative program that allows eligible individuals who need help with activities of daily living or skilled nursing services to choose their caregivers. In 2019, New York initiated a new Request For Offer (“RFO”) process to competitively procure CDPAP fiscal intermediaries. We were not selected in the initial RFO process. We submitted a formal protest in response to the selection process, which was filed and accepted in March 2021, but have not yet received a response to the formal protest. The Company recognized approximately $42 million and $3 million in net service revenue and operating income, respectively, from the program for the year ended December 31, 2021. The New York fiscal year 2022 state budget included a provision to add additional fiscal intermediaries (one or two entities per county with specified population sizes, plus entities that meet various other requirements) to those awarded contracts as a Lead Fiscal Intermediary under the initial RFO process, based on the scoring of the original RFO. As scoring of RFOs was not publicly released, it is unknown at this time if the Company’s score ranked high enough to qualify for these additional awards. The Company has submitted a response to the survey issued by the New York Department of Health to determine the additional contract awards. The New York Department of Health published an anticipated contract start date for all awards to be no earlier than November 1, 2021, but has not yet announced the exact start date. No later than the contract start date, we will be required to begin transitioning patients within the CDPAP to a fiscal intermediary that has been awarded a contract and cease providing services to those patients. We continue to consider other arrangements and to pursue our protest of the award. Given the uncertainty surrounding the program, the Company has suspended materially all of its new patient admissions under the New York CDPAP program. 21 Table of Contents Additionally, New York has identified significant expenses in excess of its Medicaid budget and exceeded a cap on the state’s Medicaid growth rate that was established by New York statute. In 2020, New York established a new Medicaid Redesign Team (“MRT II”), which is tasked with restoring financial sustainability to the state’s Medicaid program, among other objectives. Many of the MRT II’s recommended savings measures relate to long-term care services and were enacted in the state budget for state fiscal year 2021, although some were deferred as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The New York Department of Health has issued regulatory amendments based on the recommendations that would, among other things, limit eligibility for and access to home care services. Parts of the regulatory amendments related to personal care services and CDPAP, such as limiting consumers to one fiscal intermediary, became effective in November 2021, while other provisions, such as changes to the minimum needs (i.e., eligibility) criteria for consumers, have been delayed. The implementation of these changes and other MRT II recommendations could affect our operations and financial performance. It is not yet clear what healthcare-related initiatives the current governor, who took office in mid-2021, will pursue. In 2021, we derived approximately 38.2% of our net service revenues from services provided in Illinois, 18.3% of our net service revenues in New Mexico and 11.5% of our net service revenues in New York. Because a substantial portion of our business is concentrated in these states, any significant reduction in expenditures that pay for our services or other significant changes in these states may have a disproportionately negative impact on our future operating results. We cannot predict whether states material to our operating results will timely pass budgets in subsequent years or experience changes or other challenges that negatively impact our ability to be reimbursed for our services in a timely manner. The ACA made significant changes to Medicare and Medicaid policy and funding, among other broad changes across the healthcare industry, promoting a shift toward value-based care, including implementation of alternative payment models. The ACA also resulted in expanded Medicaid eligibility in many states and the establishment of various demonstration projects and Medicaid programs under which states may apply to test new or existing approaches to payment and delivery of Medicaid benefits. Future health reform efforts or make additional significant changes to the ACA could impact both federal and state programs. If changes in Medicare, Medicaid or other state and local medical and social programs result in a reduction in available funds for the services we offer, a reduction in the number of beneficiaries eligible for our services or a reduction in the number of hours or amount of services that beneficiaries eligible for our services may receive, then our revenues and profitability could be negatively impacted. Our profitability depends principally on the levels of government-mandated payment rates and our ability to manage the cost of providing services. In some cases, commercial insurance companies and other private payors rely on government payment systems to determine payment rates. As a result, changes to government healthcare programs that reduce Medicare, Medicaid or other payments may negatively impact payments from private payors, as well. Any reduction in reimbursements or imposition of copayments that dissuade the use of our services, or any reduction in reimbursement from private payors, could also materially adversely affect our profitability. Federal and state regulation may impair our ability to consummate acquisitions or open new agencies. Federal laws or regulations may adversely impact our ability to acquire home health agencies or open new start-up home health agencies. For example, a Medicare regulation known as the “36 Month Rule” prohibits buyers of Medicare-certified home health agencies from assuming the Medicare billing privileges of an acquired agency if the acquired agency either enrolled in Medicare or underwent a change in majority ownership fewer than 36 months prior to the acquisition, subject to certain exceptions. Instead, the buyer must enroll the acquired home health agencies as new providers with Medicare. The 36 Month Rule can increase competition for acquisition targets that are not subject to the rule and may cause significant Medicare billing delays for the purchases of home health agencies that are subject to the rule. Further, in the past, CMS has limited enrollment of new home health agencies. If another moratorium is imposed on enrollment of new providers in a geographic area we desire to service, our ability to expand operations may be impacted. Our ability to expand operations in a state will depend on our ability to obtain a state license to operate, and where required, CON approval. States may limit the number of licenses they issue. The failure to obtain any required CON or license could impair our ability to operate or expand our business. The implementation of alternative payment models and the transition of Medicaid and Medicare beneficiaries to managed care organizations may limit our market share and could adversely affect our revenues. Many government and commercial payors are transitioning providers to alternative payment models that are designed to promote cost-efficiency, quality and coordination of care. For example, accountable care organizations (“ACOs”) incentivize hospitals, physician groups, and other providers to organize and coordinate patient care while reducing unnecessary costs. Several states have implemented, or plan to implement, accountable care models for their Medicaid populations. If we are not included in these programs, or if ACOs establish programs that overlap with our services, we are at risk for losing market share and for a loss of our current business. We may be similarly impacted by increased enrollment of Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries in managed care plans, resulting in a shift from traditional fee-for-service models. Under the managed Medicare program, also known as Medicare Advantage, the 22 Table of Contents federal government contracts with private health insurers to provide Medicare benefits. Insurers may choose to offer supplemental benefits, including in- home support services, and impose higher plan costs on beneficiaries. Over 40% of Medicare beneficiaries are enrolled in a Medicare Advantage plan, a figure that continues to grow. While hospice services are currently reimbursed as a traditional fee-for-service program under Medicare Part A, hospice services may eventually be offered under Medicare Advantage plans, which could result in reduced reimbursement, limited utilization, and increased competition for managed care contracts. Enrollment in managed Medicaid plans is also growing, as states are increasingly relying on managed care organizations to deliver Medicaid program services as a strategy to control costs and manage resources. We may experience increased competition for managed care contracts due to state regulation and limitations. For instance, New York law limits the number of home care providers with which a managed Medicaid long-term care plan can contract. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to be included in plan networks, that we will be able to secure favorable contracts with all or some of the managed care organizations, that our reimbursement under these programs will remain at current levels, that the authorizations for services will remain at current levels or that our profitability will remain at levels consistent with past performance. In addition, operational processes may not be well defined as a state transitions beneficiaries to managed care. For example, membership, new referrals and the related authorization for services to be provided may be delayed, which may result in delays in service delivery to consumers or in payment for services rendered. Difficulties with operational processes may negatively affect our revenue growth rates, cash flow and profitability for services provided. Other alternative payment models may be presented by the government and commercial payors to control costs that subject our Company to financial risk. We cannot predict at this time what effect alternative payment models may have on our Company. Our industry is highly competitive, fragmented and market-specific. We compete with personal care service providers, hospice providers, home health providers, private caregivers, larger publicly held companies, privately held companies, privately held single-site agencies, hospital-based agencies, not-for-profit organizations, community-based organizations and self-directed care programs. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical, political and marketing resources, name recognition or a larger number of consumers and payors than we do. In addition, some of these organizations offer more services than we do in the markets in which we operate. These competitive advantages may limit our ability to attract and retain referrals in local markets and to increase our overall market share. In many states, there are limited barriers to entry in providing personal care services. However, some states require entities to obtain a license before providing home care services. Licensure is generally required of agencies providing home health and hospice services, though requirements vary by state. Some states also require a provider to obtain a CON before establishing certain health services, operations or facilities. CON restrictions may reduce the level of competition in a given industry or in a particular geographic region. In addition, economic changes such as increases in minimum wage and changes in Department of Labor rules can also impact the ease of entry into a market. These factors may affect competition in the states in which we operate. Often our contracts with payors are not exclusive. Local competitors may develop strategic relationships with referral sources and payors. This could result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or loss of consumers or payors, any of which could harm our business. In addition, existing competitors may offer new or enhanced services that we do not provide, or be viewed by consumers as a more desirable local alternative. The introduction of new and enhanced service offerings, in combination with the development of strategic relationships by our competitors, could cause a decline in revenue, a loss of market acceptance of our services and a negative impact on our results of operations. If we fail to comply with the laws and extensive regulations governing our business, we could be subject to penalties or be required to make changes to our operations, which could negatively impact our profitability. The federal government and the states in which we operate regulate our industry extensively. The laws and regulations governing our operations, along with the terms of participation in various government programs, impose certain requirements on the way in which we do business, the services we offer, and our interactions with providers and consumers. These requirements include matters related to: • • • • • licensure and certification and enrollment with government programs; eligibility for services; appropriateness and necessity of services provided; adequacy and quality of services; qualifications and training of personnel; 23 Table of Contents • • • • • • • • • confidentiality, maintenance, data breach, identity theft, security, interoperability and refraining from information blocking, access and exchange of health-related and personal information and medical records; environmental protection, health and safety; relationships with physicians, other referral sources and recipients of referrals; operating policies and procedures; addition of, and changes to, facilities and services; adequacy and manner of documentation for services provided; billing and coding for services; timely and proper handling of overpayments; and debt collection and communications with consumers. These laws include, but are not limited to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal Stark law, the federal FCA, the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, other federal and state fraud and abuse, insurance fraud, and fee-splitting laws, which may extend to services reimbursable by any payer, including private insurers, and federal and state laws governing the security and privacy of health information. We currently have contractual relationships with current and potential referral sources and recipients, including hospitals and health systems, skilled nursing facilities and certain physicians who provide medical director and clinical services to our Company. We attempt to structure our relationships to meet applicable regulatory requirements, but we cannot provide assurance that every relationship is fully compliant. Federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts throughout the healthcare industry. While we endeavor to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that our practices are fully compliant or that courts or regulatory agencies will not interpret those laws and regulations in ways that will adversely affect our practices. We may also fail to discover instances of noncompliance by businesses we acquire, which could subject us to adverse consequences. The laws and regulations governing our business are subject to change, interpretations may evolve and enforcement focus may shift. These changes could subject us to allegations of impropriety or illegality, require restructuring of relationships with referral sources and recipients or otherwise require changes to our operations. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could lead to civil sanctions and criminal penalties, the termination of rights to participate in federal and state healthcare programs, exclusion from federal healthcare programs, the suspension or revocation of licenses and nonpayment or delays in our ability to bill and collect for services provided, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, or financial results. In addition, as a result of our participation in Medicaid, Medicare and Veterans Health Administration programs and other state and local governmental programs, and pursuant to certain of our contractual relationships, we are subject to various reviews, compliance audits and investigations by governmental authorities and other third parties to verify our compliance with these programs and agreements as well as applicable laws, regulations and conditions of participation. Each of our home care and hospice agencies must comply with the extensive conditions of participation in the Medicare program. If any of our agencies fail to meet any of the conditions of participation or coverage with respect to state licensure or our participation in Medicaid, Medicare programs, Veterans Health Administration programs and other state and local governmental programs, we may receive a notice of deficiency from the applicable surveyor or authority. Failure to implement a plan of action to correct the deficiency within the period provided by the surveyor or authority could result in civil or criminal penalties, damage to our reputation, cancellation of our agreements, suspension or revocation of our licenses, requirements to repay amounts received, disqualification from federal and state healthcare programs, deactivation or revocation of billing privileges, bars on re-enrollment and other negative consequences. These actions may adversely affect our ability to provide certain services, to receive payments from other payors and to continue to operate which could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Additionally, we could face liability under the FCA if we submit claims to Medicare or Medicaid while not in compliance with certain conditions of participation. Further, actions taken against one of our offices may subject our other offices to adverse consequences. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern our employment practices, including minimum wage, living wage, and paid time-off requirements. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or changes to these laws and regulations that increase our employment-related expenses, could adversely impact our operations. We are required to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to employment, including OSHA requirements, wage and hour and other compensation requirements, employee benefits, providing leave and sick pay, employment insurance, proper classification of workers as employees or independent contractors, immigration and equal employment opportunity laws. These laws and regulations can vary significantly among jurisdictions and can be highly technical. Costs and expenses related to these requirements are a significant operating expense and may increase as a result of, among other things, changes in federal, state or local laws or regulations, or the interpretation thereof, requiring employers to provide specified benefits or rights to employees, increases in the minimum wage and local living wage ordinances, increases in the level of existing benefits or the 24 Table of Contents lengthening of periods for which unemployment benefits are available. Since our personal care operations are concentrated in Illinois, New Mexico and New York, we are particularly sensitive to changes in laws and regulations in these states. Additionally, the current presidential administration has signaled its support for increases in minimum wage. We may not be able to offset any increased costs and expenses. Furthermore, any failure to comply with these laws, including even a seemingly minor infraction, can result in significant penalties which could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business. The COVID-19 pandemic has increased some of these risks, with certain states modifying occupational health and safety guidelines in a manner that increases scrutiny and complexity of operations with respect to appropriate training and use in the workplace of PPE and the possibility of corresponding regulatory audit activity with respect to the adequacy of our practices and procedures. The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in states modifying standards associated with payment amounts and required justifications to qualify for sick leave and unemployment benefits. These modifications may result in increased operational costs to us, which may adversely impact our financial performance. In addition, certain individuals and entities, known as excluded persons, are prohibited from receiving payment for their services rendered to Medicaid, Medicare and other federal and state healthcare program beneficiaries. If we inadvertently hire or contract with an excluded person, or if any of our current employees or contractors becomes an excluded person in the future without our knowledge, we may be subject to substantial civil penalties, including civil monetary penalties, an assessment of up to three times the amount claimed and exclusion from the program. Each of our subsidiaries that employ an average of at least 50 full-time employees in a calendar year are required to offer a minimum level of health coverage for 95% of our full-time employees in 2021 or be subject to an annual penalty. Our business may be adversely impacted by healthcare reform efforts, including significant modifications to the ACA. In recent years, the U.S. Congress and certain state legislatures have considered and passed a large number of laws intended to result in significant changes to the healthcare industry, including the ACA. The ACA affects how healthcare services are delivered and reimbursed through the expansion of public and private health insurance coverage, reduction of growth in Medicare and Medicaid program spending, and the establishment and expansion of programs that tie reimbursement to quality and integration. The ACA has been subject to legislative and regulatory changes and court challenges. Although the current presidential administration has indicated that it generally intends to protect and strengthen the ACA, it is possible that there may be continued changes to the ACA, its implementation or its interpretation. Changes by Congress or government agencies could eliminate or alter provisions beneficial to us, while leaving in place provisions reducing our reimbursement or otherwise negatively impacting our business. There is also uncertainty regarding whether, when and what other health reform measures will be adopted, and the impact of such efforts on providers as well as other healthcare industry participants. Some members of Congress have proposed expanding government-funded coverage, including proposals to expand coverage of federally-funded insurance programs as an alternative to private insurance or to establish a single payor system (such reforms are often referred to as "Medicare for All"), and some states have implemented or proposed public health insurance options. In addition, CMS administrators may make changes to Medicaid payment models or grant various flexibilities to states in the administration of state Medicaid programs, including by expanding the scope of waivers under which states may implement Medicaid expansion provisions, impose different eligibility or enrollment restrictions, or otherwise implement programs that vary from federal standards. Other industry participants, such as private payors, may also introduce financial or delivery system reforms. We are unable to predict the nature and success of such initiatives. Healthcare reform initiatives, including changes to the ACA, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. The industry trend toward value-based purchasing may negatively impact our revenues. There is a trend in the healthcare industry toward value-based purchasing of healthcare services among both government and commercial payors. Generally, value-based purchasing programs emphasize quality of outcome and efficiency of care provided, rather than quantity of care provided. For example, Medicare requires hospices and home health agencies to report certain quality data in order to receive full reimbursement. Failure to report quality data or poor performance may negatively impact the amount of reimbursement received. In addition, CMS publishes home health and hospice quality measure data online, through its Care Compare website, to allow consumers and others to search and compare data for Medicare-certified providers. Alongside this quality and public reporting effort, CMS began implementing a nationwide expansion of the HHVBP Model in January 2022. Under the model, home health agencies will receive increases or decreases to their Medicare fee-for-service payments of up to 5%, based on performance against specific quality measures relative to the performance of other home health providers. Data collected in each performance year will impact Medicare payments two years later. Calendar year 2023 is the first performance year under the expanded HHVBP Model, which will affect payments in calendar year 2025. In the future, CMS may establish new value-based purchasing programs affecting a broader range of providers. Other initiatives aimed at improving quality and cost of care include alternative payment models, including ACOs and bundled payment arrangements. 25 Table of Contents There are also several state-driven value-based care initiatives. For example, some states have aligned quality metrics across payors through legislation or regulation. Commercial payors are shifting toward value-based reimbursement arrangements as well. We expect value-based purchasing programs, including programs that condition reimbursement on patient outcome measures, to become more common and to involve a higher percentage of reimbursement amounts. It is unclear whether alternative models will successfully coordinate care and reduce costs or whether they will decrease overall reimbursement. While we believe we are adapting our business strategies to compete in a value-based reimbursement environment, we are unable at this time to predict how this trend will affect our results of operations. If we perform at a level below the outcomes demonstrated by our competitors, fail to satisfy quality data reporting requirements, are unable to meet or exceed quality performance standards under any applicable value-based purchasing program, or otherwise fail to effectively provide or coordinate the efficient delivery of quality healthcare services, our reputation in the industry may be negatively impacted, we may receive reduced reimbursement amounts and we may owe repayments to payors, causing our revenues, financial position, results of operations and cash flows to decline. Liability Risks Our operations subject us to risk of litigation. Operating in the personal care services industry exposes us to an inherent risk of wrongful death, personal injury, professional malpractice and other potential claims or litigation brought by our consumers and employees. From time to time, we are subject to claims alleging that we did not properly treat or care for a consumer that we failed to follow internal or external procedures that resulted in death or harm to a consumer or that our employees mistreated our consumers, resulting in death or harm. We are also subject to claims arising out of accidents involving vehicle collisions brought by consumers whom we are transporting, from employees driving to or from home visits or other affected individuals. We may also be subject to lawsuits from patients, employees and others exposed to COVID-19 at our facilities or in connection with the services provided by our workforce in client residences and third party facilities. Our professional and general liability insurance may not cover all claims against us. In addition, regulatory agencies may initiate administrative proceedings alleging violations of statutes and regulations arising from our services and seek to impose monetary penalties on us. We could be required to pay substantial amounts to respond to regulatory investigations or, if we do not prevail, damages or penalties arising from these legal proceedings. We also are subject to potential lawsuits under the federal FCA or other federal and state whistleblower statutes designed to combat fraud and abuse in our industry. This and other similar lawsuits can involve significant monetary awards or penalties which may not be covered by our insurance. If our third-party insurance coverage and self-insurance coverage reserves are not adequate to cover these claims, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even if we are successful in our defense, civil lawsuits or regulatory proceedings could distract us from running our business or irreparably damage our reputation. Our insurance liability coverage may not be sufficient for our business needs. Although we maintain insurance consistent with industry practice, the insurance we maintain may not be sufficient to satisfy all claims made against us. We cannot assure you that claims will not be made in the future in excess of the limits of our insurance, and any such claims, if successful and in excess of such limits, may have a material adverse effect on our business or assets. We utilize historical data to estimate our reserves for our insurance programs. If losses on asserted claims exceed the current insurance coverage and accrued reserves, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Changes in our annual insurance costs and self-insured retention limits depend in large part on the insurance market, and insurance coverage may not continue to be available to us at commercially reasonable rates, in adequate amounts or on satisfactory terms. Data Security and Privacy Risks Our business depends on the proper functioning, availability, and security of our information systems. Our operations may be disrupted if we are unable to effectively integrate, manage and maintain the security of our information systems. Our business depends on effective and secure information systems that assist us in, among other things, gathering information to improve the quality of consumer care, optimizing financial performance, adjusting consumer mix, monitoring regulatory compliance and enhancing staff efficiency. We rely on external service providers to provide continual maintenance, upgrading, and enhancement of our primary information systems used for our operational needs. The software we license for our various patient information systems supports intake, personnel scheduling, office clinical and centralized billing and receivables management in an integrated database, enabling us to standardize the care delivered across our network of offices and monitor our performance and consumer outcomes. Information systems may be vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, human acts and natural disasters. To the extent providers fail to support the software or systems, or if we lose our licenses, our operations could be negatively affected. Our business also depends on a comprehensive payroll and human resources system for basic payroll functions and reporting, payroll tax reporting, managing wage assignments and garnishments. We rely on an external service provider, ADP, to provide 26 Table of Contents continual maintenance, upgrading and enhancement of our primary human resource and payroll systems. To the extent that ADP fails to support the software or systems, or any of the related support services provided by them, our internal operations could be negatively affected. Our business also supports the use of EVV to collect visit submission information through our delivery of home care services. Our solution uses a combination of IVR and GPS enabled smartphones to capture time in and time out, mileage and travel time, as well as the completed care plan tasks. We license this software through CellTrak along with partnering with states who utilize other software. We rely on these providers to provide continual maintenance, enhancements, as well as security of any protected data. To the extent that our EVV vendors fail to support these processes, our internal operations could be negatively affected. Under the 21st Century Cures Act, as amended, states had until January 1, 2020 to establish standards for EVV for Medicaid-funded personal care services. States that failed to meet this deadline could potentially lose, without an application for a good cause extension, an escalating amount of their funding. To the extent that the states fail to properly implement EVV and lose an amount of their funding or to the extent states adopt standards for EVV that are not compatible with our operations, our internal operations could be negatively affected. The COVID-19 pandemic also has led to a substantial increase in administrative employees working remotely and, consequently, accessing our system remotely. As a result, we are more dependent on our systems that facilitate remote access and potentially could experience increased risks. We have taken precautionary measures to prevent unanticipated problems that could affect our information systems. We have implemented backup of our key information systems that are designed to allow our operations to failover to our geographically separate disaster recovery datacenter with a quick return to operations for all sites and systems in the event our main datacenter becomes inoperable because of a natural disaster, attacks or other cause. All of our sites and branch offices have redundant connections to our primary and backup datacenters using data lines and cellular connections through VPN or MPLS. The key business functions for our main sites also have redundancies with key functions geographically split between our two main facilities, should one not be available due to the above mentioned scenarios. While we believe these measures are reasonable, no system of information security is able to eliminate the risk of business disruptions, and we or our third-party vendors that we rely upon may experience system failures. If we experience a reduction in the performance, reliability, or availability of our information systems, our operations and ability to process transactions and produce timely and accurate reports could be adversely affected. If we experience difficulties with the transition and integration of information systems or are unable to implement, maintain, or expand our systems properly, we could suffer from, among other things, operational disruptions, regulatory problems, and increases in administrative expenses. The occurrence of any system failure could result in interruptions, delays, the loss or corruption of data and cessations or interruptions in the availability of systems, all of which could have a material, adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations and harm our business reputation. A cyber-attack or security breach could cause a loss of confidential consumer data, give rise to remediation and other expenses, expose us to liability under HIPAA, consumer protection laws, common law and other legal theories, subject us to litigation and federal and state governmental inquiries, damage our reputation, and otherwise be disruptive to our business. We rely extensively on computer systems to manage clinical and financial data, to communicate with our consumers, payors, vendors and other third parties, and to summarize and analyze our operating results. We frequently exchange clinical and financial data with third parties in connection with our routine operations and in order to meet our contractual and regulatory obligations. We are required to comply with the federal and state privacy and security laws and requirements, including HIPAA. In addition, various states, including California, Colorado, Illinois, Nevada, New York, Massachusetts and Virginia have enacted, and other states are expected to enact, laws and regulations concerning privacy, data protection and information security. To the extent we are subject to such legislation, the potential effects of new legislation are often far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. These laws often provide for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation. We have invested in security measures designed to protect against the threat of security breaches, including cyber attacks, email phishing schemes, malware and ransomware. However, our technology, and that of our third-party service providers, may fail to adequately secure the protected health information and personally identifiable information we create, receive, transmit and maintain in our databases. In such circumstances, we may be held liable to our patients and regulators, which could result in fines, litigation or adverse publicity that could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Even if we are not held liable, any resulting negative publicity could harm our business and distract the attention of management. In spite of our policies, procedures and other security measures used to protect our computer systems and data, occasionally, we have experienced breaches that have required us to notify affected consumers and the government, and we have worked with 27 Table of Contents consumers and the government to resolve such issues. While these past breaches have not had a significant adverse impact on our business or results of operations, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to additional and/or more severe cyber-attacks or security breaches in the future. Such attacks or breaches could result in loss of protected patient medical data or other information subject to privacy laws, disrupt our information technology systems or business, subject us to governmental enforcement actions and litigation (the losses associated with which may not be covered by insurance) and otherwise materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations. Human Capital Risks We may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel or we may incur increased costs in doing so. We must attract and retain qualified non-executive personnel in the markets in which we operate in order to provide our services. We compete for personnel with other providers of social and medical services as well as companies in other service-based industries. As the labor market continues to be tight and unemployment has declined in comparison to earlier levels, the competition for employees has increased, which will continue to impact our ability to attract and retain new caregivers. In addition, the competition for skilled healthcare staff has increased significantly, which continues to impact our ability to attract and retain qualified skilled healthcare staff. To the extent that the United States continues to have lower unemployment levels and shortages of caregivers and skilled healthcare staff, it may continue to hinder our ability to attract and retain sufficient caregivers and skilled healthcare staff to meet the continuing demand for both our non-clinical and clinical services. Moreover, the increased staffing challenges have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased labor cost to satisfy our staffing requirements. In addition, labor shortages could be further exacerbated by COVID-19 vaccination requirements. We may not be able to offset higher labor costs by increasing the rates we charge for our services. In addition, if we fail to attract and retain qualified and skilled personnel, our ability to conduct our business operations effectively and our results of operations would be harmed. Competition may be greater for managers, such as regional and agency directors. Our ability to attract and retain personnel depends on several factors, including our ability to provide employees with attractive assignments and competitive benefits and salaries. The loss of one or more of the members of the executive management team or the inability of a new management team to successfully execute our strategies may adversely affect our business. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, we may be unable to provide our services, the quality of our services may decline, and we could lose consumers and referral sources. We depend on the services of our executive team members. Our success depends upon the continued employment of certain members of our executive team to manage several of our key functional areas, including operations, business development, accounting, finance, human resources, marketing, information systems, contracting and compliance. Moreover, the current competitive labor market may make it more difficult to retain or hire members of our executive team. The departure of any member of our executive team may materially adversely affect our operations. Risk Related to Our Indebtedness Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness may adversely affect us. Our credit facility contains various covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions, including our ability to: • • • • • • • • • • make, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien; sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all our assets; make restricted payments, including paying dividends and making certain loans and investments; create, incur, assume, permit to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any additional indebtedness; enter into transactions with affiliates; engage in any line of additional line of business; amend our organization documents; make a change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, change our name or change our jurisdiction of organization or formation; make any payment or prepayment of certain subordinated indebtedness; 28 Table of Contents • • • enter into agreements that restrict dividends and certain other payments from subsidiaries; engage in a sale leaseback or similar transaction; and make certain capital expenditures. In addition, our credit facility contains restrictive covenants and requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet these restrictive covenants and financial ratios and tests may be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet those tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our credit facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our credit facility, all amounts outstanding under our credit facility may become immediately due and payable and all commitments under our credit facility to extend further credit may be terminated. The acceleration of any such indebtedness will result in an event of default under all of our other long-term indebtedness. The potential cessation or modification of LIBOR may increase our interest expense or otherwise adversely affect us. A substantial portion of our indebtedness under the credit facility bears interest at variable interest rates that use the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as a benchmark rate. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR quotations after 2021 (the “FCA Announcement”). The FCA Announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be assured after 2021, and LIBOR may cease to exist or otherwise be unsuitable for use as a benchmark. Recent proposals for LIBOR reforms may result in the establishment of new methods of calculating LIBOR or the establishment of one or more alternative benchmark rates. The Amended 2021 Credit Agreement contemplates a transition from LIBOR and specifically identifies the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as the replacement reference rate and details the mechanism for transition at LIBOR cessation, which is anticipated to occur on June 30, 2023. The transition to SOFR is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity. General Risks Inclement weather, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, pandemics, riots, civil insurrection or social unrest, looting, protests, strikes or street demonstrations may impact our ability to provide services. Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, pandemics, riots, civil insurrection or social unrest, looting, protests, strikes or street demonstrations may prevent our employees from providing authorized services. We are not paid for authorized services that are not delivered due to these events. Furthermore, prolonged disruptions as a result of such events in the markets in which we operate could disrupt our relationships with consumers, patients, caregivers and employees and referral sources located in affected areas and, in the case of our corporate office, our ability to provide administrative support services, including billing and collection services. For example, one of our support centers and a number of our agencies are located in the Midwestern United States, New York and California, increasing our exposure to blizzards and other major snowstorms, ice storms, tornadoes, flooding, wildfires and earthquakes. The impact of disasters and similar events is inherently uncertain. Moreover, adverse weather conditions may become more frequent and/or severe as the result of climate change. Future adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, pandemics, riots, civil insurrection or social unrest, looting, protests, strikes or street demonstrations may adversely affect our reputation, business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 29 Table of Contents ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES We do not own any real property. We lease administrative offices for our local branches, none of which are individually material. We lease approximately 59,000 and 106,000 square feet of office space in Downers Grove, Illinois and Frisco, Texas, respectively, which serve as our support centers. We sublease approximately 21,000 and 15,500 square feet of our office space in Downers Grove and Frisco, respectively, to third parties. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS From time to time, we are subject to legal and/or administrative proceedings incidental to our business. It is the opinion of management that the outcome of pending legal and/or administrative proceedings will not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations. Further information with respect to this item may be found in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8—“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” which is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 30 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ADUS.” Holders As of December 31, 2021, 2.0% of our shares of common stock were held by our officers and directors and approximately 98.0% of our common stock was held by 278 institutional investors. An insignificant amount of common stock is held by individual holders. As of February 17, 2022, Addus HomeCare Corporation had approximately 16,930 shareholders of its common stock, including 74 shareholders of record. Dividends We have never paid dividends on our common stock, including in the two most recent fiscal years, and we do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently plan to retain any earnings to support the operation, and to finance the growth, of our business rather than to pay cash dividends. Payments of any cash dividends in the future will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, credit facility limitations, earnings, as well as other factors deemed relevant by our Board. Our credit facility restricts our ability to declare or pay any dividend or other distribution to Holdings unless no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result thereof and the aggregate amount of dividends and distributions paid in any fiscal year does not exceed $7.5 million per annum. ITEM 6. [Reserved] 31 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS You should read the following discussion together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10- K and other risks as well as other factors that are not currently known to us, that we currently consider immaterial or that are not specific to us, such as general economic conditions. The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, included in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) can be found in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. Overview We are a home care services provider operating three segments: personal care, hospice and home health. Our services are principally provided in- home under agreements with federal, state and local government agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private individuals. Our consumers are predominantly “dual eligible,” meaning they are eligible to receive both Medicare and Medicaid benefits. Managed care revenues accounted for 37.2%, 38.6% and 37.8% of our revenue during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 respectively. A summary of certain consolidated financial and statistical data results for 2021, 2020 and 2019 are provided in the table below. Net service revenues - continuing operations Net income from continuing operations Loss from discontinued operations Net income Total assets Adjusted EBITDA (1) States served at period end Locations at period end 2021 $ $ $ $ For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Amounts in Thousands, except States and Locations) 864,499 45,126 — 45,126 764,775 33,133 — 33,133 $ $ $ $ 947,585 $ 892,582 $ $ 97,661 22 206 $ 76,907 22 214 2019 648,791 25,811 (574) 25,237 636,748 58,697 26 198 (1) The Company defines adjusted EBITDA as earnings before discontinued operations, net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, acquisition and de novo expenses, stock-based compensation expense, restructure expenses and other costs, gain or loss on the sale of assets and secondary offering costs. The Company defined adjusted EBITDA to exclude net COVID expenses arising from the pandemic from the second quarter of 2020 to the first quarter of 2021. Adjusted EBITDA is a performance measure used by management that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). It should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, operating income or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors, management and others in evaluating the Company’s operating performance, to provide investors with insight and consistency in the Company’s financial reporting and to present a basis for comparison of the Company’s business operations among periods, and to facilitate comparison with the results of the Company’s peers. Additionally, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a measure widely used by securities analysts, investors and others to evaluate the financial performance of other public companies. The financial results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully evaluated. COVID-19 Pandemic Update COVID-19, the disease caused by a novel coronavirus, continues to be widespread throughout the United States and other parts of the world. Although vaccines became widely available in 2021, there continues to be a significant number of COVID-19 cases and deaths in the United States. In response, various governmental authorities and private businesses in the United States have implemented, or reinstituted, certain mitigation strategies, such as masking and vaccine requirements. Economic conditions in the United States significantly improved during 2021 compared to earlier pandemic levels, although inflationary pressures and supply chain disruptions have recently impacted the U.S. economy. The long-term trends of new cases and deaths in the United States and the future impact of the pandemic continues to be unknown. In September 2021, President Biden announced a federal six-point plan for responding to the COVID-19 pandemic. As part of this plan, OSHA adopted a rule in November 2021 which would require all employers with 100 or more employees to require their 32 Table of Contents workforce to be fully vaccinated or, alternatively, to provide a negative COVID-19 test result on a weekly basis. Also, CMS issued an interim rule in November 2021 requiring COVID-19 vaccinations for workers in Medicare- and Medicaid-certified providers and suppliers, including hospices and home health agencies, that covers clinical staff, individuals providing services under arrangements, volunteers and staff who are not involved in direct patient care. On January 13, 2022, the U.S. Supreme Court blocked the implementation of the OSHA rule but allowed the CMS interim rule to take effect. In response, President Biden rescinded the private employer mandate and called on states and businesses to voluntarily institute vaccination requirements to protect workers, customers and the broader community. Additionally, some states have implemented, or may implement in the future, vaccine mandates with respect to healthcare personnel. It is currently difficult to predict the impact that any of these vaccine mandates may have on us or the extent to which these vaccine mandates will ultimately become effective. However, we expect that these rules, to the extent that they become effective, will impact our home health and hospice segments. We are monitoring developments as information becomes available, including with respect to national, state and local vaccine mandates, to access the possible impact on our workforce in personal care, home health, hospice and our corporate support centers. While the Company has not mandated vaccines for our employees, we have developed a multistep program in order to strongly encourage our employees to get the COVID-19 vaccine, which included offering a vaccine stipend and incentives as well as creating educational and motivational leadership communication. These educational and motivational leadership communications are ongoing. We are actively engaged in an effort to track vaccination rates among caregivers and to continue to improve those rates. However, it is difficult to predict the future impact of the pandemic or the federal six-point COVID-19 plan and state and local vaccine mandates on economic conditions in the United States and our business at this time. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, COVID-19-related expenses in our personal care segment were approximately $16.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively, which were offset by $12.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively, related to the utilization of the amounts received from the Provider Relief Fund in November 2020 and are included in cost of service revenues on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Additionally, we recognized revenue of $7.1 million and $4.9 million attributable to temporary rate increases from certain payors in our personal care segment for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021, COVID-19-related expenses in our hospice segment were approximately $1.9 million, which were offset by $1.9 million related to the utilization of a portion of the funds received from the Queen City Hospice Provider Relief Fund and included in cost of service revenues on the Consolidated Statements of Income. As of December 31, 2021, the Company deferred the recognition of $6.5 million of payments received from payors for COVID-19 reimbursement, included within accrued expenses, which will be recognized as we incur specific expenses related to the pandemic, such as expenses related to acquiring additional PPE and COVID-19 related paid time off, or will be returned to the extent COVID-19-related expenses are not incurred. We are not able to reasonably predict the total costs we will incur related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and such costs could be substantial. As the labor market has tightened and unemployment has declined in comparison to earlier levels, the competition for new caregivers, including skilled healthcare staff, has increased significantly. To the extent that we continue to experience a shortage of caregivers, it may continue to hinder our ability to attract and retain sufficient caregivers to meet the continuing demand for both our non-clinical and clinical services. The increased staffing challenges may also result in increased labor cost to satisfy our staffing requirements. Federal and state agencies continue to issue regulations and guidance related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the public health situation continues to evolve, and, therefore, we cannot currently predict with certainty the extent to which our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity will ultimately be impacted by the pandemic. We will continue to assess the impact and consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic and government responses to the pandemic, including the enactment and implementation of the CARES Act, the PPPHCE Act, the CAA, the ARPA and other stimulus and relief legislation, as well as the implementation of the President’s federal six-point COVID-19 plan and any federal and state vaccine mandates on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, the related financial effect cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but is not expected to materially adversely impact our business. See Part I, Item 1A—Risk Factors — “The COVID-19 pandemic could negatively affect our operations, business and financial condition, and our liquidity could also be negatively impacted, particularly if the U.S. economy remains unstable for a significant amount of time” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on March 1, 2021. 33 Table of Contents See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for additional information regarding funds received related to COVID-19 pandemic relief. Acquisitions In addition to our organic growth, we have grown through acquisitions that have expanded our presence in current markets, with the goal of having all three levels of in-home care in our markets, or facilitating our entry into new markets where in-home care has been moving to managed care organizations. On July 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of A Plus Health Care, Inc. (“A Plus”) for approximately $14.5 million, including the amount of excess cash held by A Plus at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $2.8 million), with funding provided by available cash. With the purchase of A Plus, we expanded our personal care services in the state of Montana. On November 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of County Homemakers, Inc. (“County Homemakers”) for approximately $15.8 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by County Homemakers at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $1.1 million), with funding provided by available cash. With the purchase of County Homemakers, we expanded our personal care services in the state of Pennsylvania. On December 4, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Queen City Hospice for approximately $194.8 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by Queen City Hospice at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $15.4 million). With the purchase of Queen City Hospice, we expanded our hospice services in the state of Ohio. Additionally, on December 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of SunLife Home Care (“SunLife”) for approximately $1.7 million. With the purchase of SunLife, we expanded our personal care services in the state of Arizona. We funded these acquisitions through a combination of our revolving credit facility and available cash. On August 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Armada Skilled Homecare of New Mexico LLC, Armada Hospice of New Mexico LLC and Armada Hospice of Santa Fe LLC (collectively, “Armada”) for approximately $29.8 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by Armada at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $0.7 million), with funding provided by our revolving credit facility. With the purchase of Armada, we expanded our home health and hospice services in the state of New Mexico. On October 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Summit Home Health, LLC (“Summit”) for approximately $8.1 million, with funding provided by available cash. With the purchase of Summit, we added clinical services in Illinois to our home health segment. Revenue by Payor and Significant States Our payor clients are principally federal, state and local governmental agencies and managed care organizations. The federal, state and local programs under which the agencies operate are subject to legislative and budgetary changes and other risks that can influence reimbursement rates. We are experiencing a transition of business from government payors to managed care organizations, which we believe aligns with our emphasis on coordinated care and the reduction of the need for acute care. 34 Table of Contents For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our revenue by payor and significant states by segment were as follows: 2021 Amount (in Thousands) % of Segment Net Service Revenues Personal Care 2020 Amount (in Thousands) % of Segment Net Service Revenues 2019 Amount (in Thousands) % of Segment Net Service Revenues $ $ $ 338,325 311,801 19,991 9,820 5,917 685,854 328,619 99,732 97,784 159,719 49.3 % $ 45.5 2.9 1.4 0.9 100.0 % $ 47.9 % $ 14.5 14.3 23.3 324,670 287,032 20,398 9,991 5,142 647,233 288,326 115,510 86,618 156,779 50.2 % $ 44.3 3.2 1.5 0.8 100.0 % $ 44.6 % $ 17.8 13.4 24.2 303,479 239,559 21,765 9,204 6,721 580,728 247,524 108,403 75,666 149,135 52.2 % 41.3 3.7 1.6 1.2 100.0 % 42.6 % 18.7 13.0 25.7 $ 685,854 100.0 % $ 647,233 100.0 % $ 580,728 100.0 % 2021 $ Amount (in Thousands) 142,086 5,664 4,503 $ $ 152,253 61,415 36,063 54,775 Hospice 2020 2019 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 94,068 4,931 2,298 93.3 % $ 3.7 3.0 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 49,649 2,768 1,184 92.9 % $ 4.9 2.2 100.0 % $ 101,297 40.3 % $ 23.7 36.0 — 42,648 58,649 100.0 % $ — % $ 42.1 57.9 53,601 — 38,790 14,811 % of Segment Net Service Revenues 92.6 % 5.2 2.2 100.0 % — % 72.4 27.6 $ 152,253 100.0 % $ 101,297 100.0 % $ 53,601 100.0 % State, local and other governmental programs Managed care organizations Private pay Commercial insurance Other Total personal care segment net service revenues Illinois New York New Mexico All other states Total personal care segment net service revenues Medicare Managed care organizations Other Total hospice segment net service revenues Ohio New Mexico All other states Total hospice segment net service revenues With the acquisition of Queen City Hospice, the Company expanded its hospice services in the state of Ohio. 2021 Home Health 2020 2019 Medicare Managed care organizations Other Total home health segment net service revenues New Mexico Illinois Total home health segment net service revenues $ Amount (in Thousands) 20,700 4,457 1,235 $ $ 26,392 24,735 1,657 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 12,765 3,188 292 78.4 % $ 16.9 4.7 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 11,218 2,942 302 78.6 % $ 19.6 1.8 100.0 % $ 93.7 % $ 6.3 16,245 16,245 — 100.0 % $ 100.0 % $ — 14,462 14,462 — % of Segment Net Service Revenues 77.6 % 20.3 2.1 100.0 % 100.0 % — $ 26,392 100.0 % $ 16,245 100.0 % $ 14,462 100.0 % 35 Table of Contents With the acquisition of Summit, the Company expanded its home health services in the state of Illinois. We derive a significant amount of our net service revenues in Illinois, which represented 38.2% and 37.7% of our net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. A significant amount of our revenue is derived from one payor client, the Illinois Department on Aging, the largest payor program for our Illinois personal care operations, which accounted for 21.4% and 23.0% of our net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Changes in Reimbursement Rates Illinois On November 26, 2019, the City of Chicago voted to approve additional increases in the Chicago minimum wage to $14 per hour beginning July 1, 2020 and to $15 per hour beginning July 1, 2021. Effective January 1, 2021, the state of Illinois fiscal year 2021 budget increased in-home care rates through the Community Care Program by 7.1%, to $23.40 from $21.84. However, the rate increase was delayed and did not take effect until April 1, 2021, as a result of on-going state revenue declines due to COVID-19 and the failure of the November 2020 referendum to revise the Illinois income tax code. On June 29, 2021, the Governor announced the authorization of bonus payments to providers in an amount equivalent to the rate increase for services delivered from January 1, 2021 to March 31, 2021 for state reimbursed hours of care provided in the fee-for-service context. The bonus payment of $3.0 million was recognized and received during the year ended December 31, 2021. On December 3, 2021, in connection with the same rate increase for in-home care, the Department of Family Services provided approval and direction for retroactive payments for the same period for all claims billed to managed care organizations. The Company recognized $2.0 million related to the rate increase for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Illinois fiscal year 2022 budget funds a further increase of in-home care rates to $24.96 effective January 1, 2022. On July 12, 2021, in connection with the temporary increase in federal funding for Medicaid home and community-based services authorized by the ARPA, the State of Illinois submitted its Initial Spending Plan and Narrative to CMS for approval. Included in that plan is the acceleration of the rate increase to $24.96 from January 1, 2022, to November 1, 2021. The Company recognized $3.6 million related to the rate increase for the year ended December 31, 2021. CMS granted partial approval of the Illinois plan, but highlighted that the state will need to submit an amendment for certain Medicaid waiver programs with regard to any rate change methodology. The state is preparing this amendment and has not yet spent any funds in connection with the rate acceleration. Our business will benefit from the rate increases noted above as planned for 2022, but there is no assurance that there will be additional offsetting rate increases in Illinois for fiscal years beyond fiscal year 2022, and our financial performance will be adversely impacted for any periods in which an additional offsetting reimbursement rate increase is not in effect. Impact of Changes in Medicare and Medicaid Reimbursement Home Health Home health services provided to Medicare beneficiaries are paid under the Medicare Home Health Prospective Payment System (“HHPPS”), which uses national, standardized 30-day period payment rates for periods of care that meet a certain threshold of home health visits (periods of care that do not meet the visit threshold are paid a per-visit payment rate for providing care). Although payment is made for each 30-day period, the HHPPS permits continuous 60-day certification periods through which beneficiaries are verified as eligible for the home health benefit. The daily home health payment rate is adjusted for case-mix and area wage levels. CMS uses the PDGM as the case-mix classification model to place periods of care into payment categories, classifying patients based on clinical characteristics and their resource needs. An outlier adjustment may be paid for periods of care where costs exceed a specific threshold amount. CMS updates the HHPPS payment rates each calendar year. For calendar year 2022, CMS increased HHPPS rates by an estimated 3.2%, which reflects a 3.1% market basket update and a productivity adjustment of negative 0.5 percentage points, among other changes. Home health providers that do not comply with quality data reporting requirements are subject to a 2 percentage point reduction to their market basket update. In addition, beginning January 1, 2022, Medicare requires home health agencies to submit a one-time Notice of Admission (“NOA”) for each patient that establishes that the beneficiary is under a Medicare home health period of care. Failure to submit the NOA within five calendar days from the start of care will result in a reduction to the 30-day period payment amount for each day from the start of care date until the date the NOA is submitted. Effective January 1, 2022, CMS began implementing a nationwide expansion of the Home Health Value-Based Purchasing (“HHVBP”) Model. Under the model, home health agencies will receive adjustments to their Medicare fee-for-service payments of up to 5%, based on performance against specific quality measures relative to the performance of other home health providers. Data 36 Table of Contents collected in each performance year will impact Medicare payments two years later. Calendar year 2023 is the first performance year under the expanded HHVBP Model, which will affect payments in calendar year 2025. In certain states, payment of claims may be impacted by the Review Choice Demonstration for Home Health Services, a program intended to identify and prevent fraud, reduce the number of Medicare appeals and improve provider compliance with Medicare program requirements. The program applies to home health agencies in Illinois, Ohio, North Carolina, Florida and Texas and may expand, in the future, into additional states. Providers in states subject to the Review Choice Demonstration may initially select from the following claims review and approval processes: pre-claim review, post-payment review or a minimal post-payment review with a 25% payment reduction. Home health agencies that maintain high compliance levels will be eligible for additional options that may be less burdensome. We are currently unable to predict what impact, if any, this program may have on our result of operations or financial position. Hospice Hospice services provided to Medicare beneficiaries are paid under the Medicare Hospice Prospective Payment System, under which CMS sets a daily rate for each day a patient is enrolled in the hospice benefit. CMS updates these rates each federal fiscal year. Effective October 1, 2021, CMS increased hospice payment rates by 2.0%. This reflects a 2.7% market basket increase and a negative 0.7 percentage point productivity adjustment. Hospices that do not satisfy quality reporting requirements are subject to a 2 percentage point reduction to the market basket update. Beginning in 2024, the reduction to the market basket update for failure to report quality data will increase to 4 percentage points. Overall payments made by Medicare to each hospice provider number are subject to an inpatient cap and an aggregate cap, which is set each federal fiscal year. The inpatient cap limits the number of days of inpatient care to no more than 20% of total patient care days. The aggregate cap, which limits the total Medicare reimbursement that a hospice may receive based on an annual per-beneficiary cap amount and the number of Medicare patients served, was updated to $31,297.61 for federal fiscal year 2022. If a hospice’s Medicare payments exceed its inpatient or aggregate caps, it must repay Medicare the excess amount. New York CDPAP The New York Consumer Directed Personal Assistance Program (“CDPAP”) is a self-directed care alternative program that allows eligible individuals who need help with activities of daily living or skilled nursing services to choose their caregivers. We provide support services as a CDPAP fiscal intermediary. In 2019, New York initiated a new Request for Offer (“RFO”) process to competitively procure CDPAP fiscal intermediaries. On February 11, 2021, the New York Department of Health announced its initial selection of parties to enter into contracts as a Lead Fiscal Intermediary. The Company was not one of the selected entities in the initial RFO process. The Company has submitted a formal protest in response to the selection process, which was filed and accepted on March 19, 2021. The Company has not yet received a response to the formal protest. The Company recognized approximately $42 million and $3 million in revenue and operating income, respectively, from the program for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company continues to explore its options, including appeals, other arrangements under which the Company may continue to provide these services, and expense reductions to minimize any potential final impact of the RFO process. The New York fiscal year 2022 state budget included a provision to add additional fiscal intermediaries (one or two entities per county with specified population sizes, plus entities that meet various other requirements) to those awarded contracts as a Lead Fiscal Intermediary under the initial RFO process, based on the scoring of the original RFO. As scoring of RFOs was not publicly released, it is unknown at this time if the Company’s score ranked high enough to qualify for these additional awards. The Company has submitted a response to the survey issued by the New York Department of Health to determine the additional contract awards. The New York Department of Health published an anticipated contract start date for all awards to be no earlier than November 1, 2021, but has not yet announced the exact start date. No later than the contract start date, we will be required to begin transitioning patients within the CDPAP to a fiscal intermediary that has been awarded a contract and cease providing services to those patients. We continue to consider other arrangements and to pursue our protest of the award. Given the uncertainty surrounding the program, the Company has suspended materially all of its new patient admissions under the New York CDPAP program. Components of our Statements of Income Net Service Revenues We generate net service revenues by providing our services directly to consumers and primarily on an hourly basis in our personal care segment, on a daily basis in our hospice segment and on an episodic basis in our home health segment. We receive payment for providing such services from our payor clients, including federal, state and local governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private consumers. In our personal care segment, net service revenues are principally provided based on authorized hours, determined by the relevant agency, at an hourly rate, which is either contractual or fixed by legislation, and are recognized at the time services are 37 Table of Contents rendered. In our hospice segment, net service revenues are provided based on daily rates for each of the levels of care and are recognized as services are provided. In our home health segment, net service revenues are based on an episodic basis at a stated rate and recognized based on the number of days elapsed during a period of care within the reporting period. We also record estimated implicit price concessions (based primarily on historical collection experience) related to uninsured accounts to record revenues. Cost of Service Revenues We incur direct care wages, payroll taxes and benefit-related costs in connection with providing our services. We also provide workers’ compensation and general liability coverage for our employees. Employees are also reimbursed for their travel time and related travel costs in certain instances. General and Administrative Expenses Our general and administrative expenses include our costs for operating our network of local agencies and our administrative offices. Our agency expenses consist of costs for supervisory personnel, our community care supervisors and office administrative costs. Personnel costs include wages, payroll taxes and employee benefits. Facility costs include rents, utilities, and postage, telephone and office expenses. Our corporate and support center expenses include costs for accounting, information systems, human resources, billing and collections, contracting, marketing and executive leadership. These expenses consist of compensation, including stock-based compensation, payroll taxes, employee benefits, legal, accounting and other professional fees, travel, general insurance, rents, provision for doubtful accounts and related facility costs. Expenses related to streamlining our operations such as costs related to terminated employees, termination of professional services relationships, other contract termination costs and asset write-offs are also included in general and administrative expenses. Depreciation and Amortization Expenses Depreciable assets consist principally of furniture and equipment, network administration and telephone equipment and operating system software. Depreciable and leasehold assets are depreciated or amortized on a straight-line method over their useful lives or, if less and if applicable, their lease terms. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives, consisting of customer and referral relationships, trade names, trademarks and non-competition agreements, using straight line or accelerated methods based upon their estimated useful lives. Interest Expense Interest expense is reported when incurred and principally consists of interest and unused credit line fees on the credit facility. Income Tax Expense All of our income is from domestic sources. We incur state and local taxes in states in which we operate. Our effective income tax rate was 25.2% and 21.0% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, compared to our federal statutory rate of 21.0%. Our higher effective income tax rate in 2021 was principally due to the inclusion of state taxes and non-deductible compensation, partially offset by an excess tax benefit and the use of federal employment tax credits. Discontinued Operations Effective March 1, 2013, we sold substantially all of the assets used in our then home health business (the “2013 Home Health Business”) in Arkansas, Nevada and South Carolina, and 90% of the 2013 Home Health Business in California and Illinois. Effective October 1, 2017, we sold the remaining 10% ownership interest in the 2013 Home Health Business in California and Illinois. Therefore, we have segregated the 2013 Home Health Business operating results and presented them separately as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, see Note 1, Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 38 Table of Contents Results of Operations Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020 The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our consolidated results of operations. 2021 Amount Net Service Revenues 2020 Amount Net Service Revenues Change Amount % Net service revenues Cost of service revenues Gross profit General and administrative expenses Depreciation and amortization Total operating expenses Operating income Interest income Interest expense Total interest expense, net Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income $ $ 864,499 594,651 269,848 189,418 14,494 203,912 65,936 (268) 5,806 5,538 60,398 15,272 45,126 100.0 % $ 68.8 31.2 21.9 1.7 23.6 7.6 — 0.7 0.7 6.9 1.8 5.1 % $ 764,775 538,538 226,237 169,679 12,051 181,730 44,507 (624) 3,189 2,565 41,942 8,809 33,133 100.0 % $ 70.4 29.6 22.2 1.6 23.8 5.8 (0.1) 0.4 0.3 5.5 1.2 4.3 % $ 99,724 56,113 43,611 19,739 2,443 22,182 21,429 356 2,617 2,973 18,456 6,463 11,993 13.0 % 10.4 19.3 11.6 20.3 12.2 48.1 (57.1) 82.1 115.9 44.0 73.4 36.2 % Net service revenues increased by 13.0% to $864.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $764.8 million in 2020. Net service revenue increased by $38.6 million and $51.0 million in our personal care and hospice segments, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 2020. Net service revenue increased due to a 7.8% increase in revenues per billable hour for the year ended December 31, 2021 in our personal care segment compared to 2020. The increase in our hospice segment revenue was primarily due to an increase in average daily census and revenue per patient day, mainly attributed to the acquisition of Queen City Hospice on December 4, 2020, partially offset by a decrease in average daily census organic growth, compared to 2021. Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, increased to 31.2% for the year ended December 31, 2021, from 29.6% in 2020. The increase was mainly attributed to the full-year effect in 2021 of the acquisition of our relatively higher margin hospice segment businesses in 2020. General and administrative expenses increased to $189.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $169.7 million in 2020. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to acquisitions that resulted in an increase in administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs of $14.0 million. In addition, stock-based compensation increased by $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020. General and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues slightly decreased to 21.9% for 2021, from 22.2% in 2020. Depreciation and amortization increased to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $12.1 million in 2020, primarily due to the increase of intangible asset amortization related to the full-year effect in 2021 of our fiscal year 2020 acquisitions and fiscal year 2021 acquisitions. Interest expense increased to $5.5 million from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to higher outstanding borrowings under our credit facility for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020. All of our income is from domestic sources. We incur state and local taxes in states in which we operate. The effective income tax rate was 25.2% and 21.0% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, compared to our federal statutory rate of 21.0%. Our higher effective income tax rate in 2021 was principally due to the inclusion of state taxes and non-deductible compensation, partially offset by an excess tax benefit and the use of federal employment tax credits. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the effective tax rates were inclusive of an excess tax benefit of 2.0% and 5.6%, respectively. The excess tax benefit is a discrete item, primarily related to the vesting of equity shares, which requires the Company to recognize the benefit fully in the period. 39 Table of Contents Results of Operations – Segments The following tables and related analysis summarize our operating results and business metrics by segment: Personal Care Segment Operating Results Net service revenues Cost of services revenues Gross profit General and administrative expenses Segment operating income Business Metrics (Actual Numbers, Except Billable Hours in Thousands) Locations at period end Average billable census * (1) Billable hours * (2) Average billable hours per census per month * (2) Billable hours per business day * (2) Revenues per billable hour * (2) Same store growth revenue % * (3) 2021 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 Change % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount Amount % (Amounts in Thousands, Except Percentages) $ 685,854 502,024 183,830 61,565 $ 122,265 $ 100.0 % $ 647,233 480,191 73.2 167,042 26.8 9.0 60,468 17.8 % $ 106,574 100.0 % $ 74.2 25.8 9.3 16.5 % $ 38,621 21,833 16,788 1,097 15,691 6.0 % 4.5 10.1 1.8 14.7 % 162 38,051 30,151 65.7 115,521 22.71 7.3 $ 170 39,199 30,645 64.7 116,967 21.07 5.9 $ (1,148) (494) 1.0 (1,446) 1.64 $ (2.9) % (1.6) 1.5 (1.2) 7.8 % (1) (2) (3) * Average billable census is the number of unique clients receiving a billable service during the year and is the total census divided by months in operation during the period. Billable hours is the total number of hours served to clients during the period. Average billable hours per census per month is billable hours divided by average billable census. Billable hours per day is total billable hours divided by the number of business days in the period. Revenues per billable hour is revenue, attributed to billable hours, divided by billable hours. Same store growth reflects the change in year-over-year revenue for the same store base. We define the same store base to include those stores open for at least 52 full weeks. This measure highlights the performance of existing stores, while excluding the impact of acquisitions, new store openings and closures. In addition, the Company has suspended materially all of its new patient admissions under the New York CDPAP program based on program uncertainty and therefore excludes associated revenues from this calculation. Management deems these metrics to be key performance indicators. Management uses these metrics to monitor our performance, both in our existing operations and acquisitions. Many of these metrics serve as the basis of reported revenues and assessment of these, provide direct correlation to the results of operations from period to period and facilitate comparison with the results of our peers. Historical trends established in these metrics can be used to evaluate current operating results, identify trends affecting our business, determine the allocation of resources and assess the quality and potential variability of our cash flows and earnings. We believe they are useful to investors in evaluating and understanding our business but should not be used solely in assessing the Company’s performance. These key performance indicators should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented herein to fully evaluate and understand the business as a whole. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies. The personal care segment derives a significant amount of net service revenues from operations in Illinois, which represented 47.9% and 44.6% of our net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. One payor client, the Illinois Department on Aging, accounted for 21.4% and 23.0% of net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net service revenues from state, local and other governmental programs accounted for 49.3% and 50.2% of net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Managed care organizations accounted for 45.5% and 44.3% of net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, with commercial insurance, private pay and other payors accounting for the remainder of net service revenues. Net service revenues increased by 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of an increase in revenues per billable hour of 7.8%, mainly attributed to rate increases discussed above. The Company experienced a decrease in New York net service revenues of $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily driven by a decrease in the New York CDPAP program as discussed above, compared to 2020. 40 Table of Contents Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, increased from 25.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020 to 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2021 due to a decrease in direct service employee wages, taxes and benefit costs of 0.7%. General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. General and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues was 9.0% and 9.3% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020 is primarily due to synergies from acquisitions. Hospice Segment Operating Results Net service revenues Cost of services revenues Gross profit General and administrative expenses Segment operating income Business Metrics (Actual Numbers) Locations at period end Admissions * (1) Average daily census * (2) Average length of stay * (3) Patient days * (4) Revenue per patient day * (5) Organic growth - Revenue * (6) - Average daily census * (6) 2021 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 Amount % of Segment Net Service Revenues (Amounts in Thousands, Except Percentages) Change Amount % $ $ $ 152,253 75,186 77,067 34,632 42,435 32 9,592 2,561 96.5 923,014 164.95 100.0 % $ 49.4 50.6 22.7 27.9 % $ 101,297 47,197 54,100 25,394 28,706 100.0 % $ 46.6 53.4 25.1 28.3 % $ 50,956 27,989 22,967 9,238 13,729 34 6,376 2,619 104.9 657,172 154.14 $ 3,216 (58) (8.4) 265,842 10.81 $ 50.3 % 59.3 42.5 36.4 47.8 % 50.4 % (2.2) (8.0) 40.5 7.0 % (6.2) % (11.2) % (5.3) % 1.2 % (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Represents referral process and new patients on service during the period. Average daily census is total patient days divided by the number of days in the period, adjusted for patient days for acquisitions beginning on date of acquisition. Average length of stay is the average number of days a patient is on service, calculated upon discharge, and is total patient days divided by total discharges in the period. Patient days is days of service for all patients in the period. Revenue per patient day is hospice revenue divided by the number of patient days in the period. Revenue organic growth and average daily census organic growth reflect the change in year-over-year revenue and average daily census for the same store base. We define the same store base to include those stores open for at least 52 full weeks. These measures highlight the performance of existing stores, while excluding the impact of acquisitions, new store openings and closures. Management deems these metrics to be key performance indicators. Management uses these metrics to monitor our performance, both in our existing operations and acquisitions. Many of these metrics serve as the basis of reported revenues and assessment of these, provide direct correlation to the results of operations from period to period and facilitate comparison with the results of our peers. Historical trends established in these metrics can be used to evaluate current operating results, identify trends affecting our business, determine the allocation of resources and assess the quality and potential variability of our cash flows and earnings. We believe they are useful to investors in evaluating and understanding our business but should not be used solely in assessing the Company’s performance. These key performance indicators should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented herein to fully evaluate and understand the business as a whole. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies. Hospice generates revenue by providing care to patients with a life expectancy of six months or less, as well as related services for their families. Hospice offers four levels of care, as defined by Medicare, to meet the varying needs of patients and their families. The four levels of hospice include routine care, continuous care, general inpatient care and respite care. Our hospice segment principally provides routine care, but with the acquisition of Queen City Hospice, the Company expanded continuous care services. Net service revenues from Medicare accounted for 93.3% and 92.9% and managed care organizations accounted for 3.7% and 4.9% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net service revenues increased by $51.0 million for the year 41 Table of Contents ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in average daily census and revenue per patient day, mainly attributed to the acquisition of Queen City Hospice on December 4, 2020, partially offset by a decrease in average daily census organic growth, compared to 2021. Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues was 50.6% and 53.4% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net service revenues was mainly attributed to an increase of direct employee wages, taxes and benefit costs of 3.0%. The hospice segment’s general and administrative expenses primarily consist of administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs, rent, information technology and office expenses. General and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues was 22.7% and 25.1% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020 is primarily due to synergies from acquisitions. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to acquisitions that resulted in a $7.3 million increase in administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs and a $0.5 million increase in rent expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021. Home Health Segment Operating Results Net service revenues Cost of services revenues Gross profit General and administrative expenses Segment operating income Business Metrics (Actual Numbers) Locations at period end New admissions * (1) Recertifications * (2) Total volume * (3) Visits * (4) Organic growth - Revenue * (5) 2021 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 Amount % of Segment Net Service Revenues (Amounts in Thousands, Except Percentages) Change Amount % $ $ 26,392 17,441 8,951 5,713 3,238 100.0 % $ 66.1 33.9 21.6 12.3 % $ 16,245 11,150 5,095 3,773 1,322 100.0 % $ 68.6 31.4 23.2 8.2 % $ 10,147 6,291 3,856 1,940 1,916 62.5 % 56.4 75.7 51.4 144.9 % 12 8,781 3,547 12,328 183,951 10 4,122 2,578 6,700 118,470 11.3 % (3.0) % 4,659 969 5,628 65,481 113.0 % 37.6 84.0 55.3 % (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) * Represents new patients during the period. A home health certification period begins with a start of care visit and continues for 60 days. If at the end of the initial certification, the patient continues to require home health services, a recertification is required. This represents the number of recertifications during the period. Total volume is total admissions and total recertifications in the period. Represents number of services to patients in the period. Revenue organic growth and new admissions organic growth reflect the change in year-over-year revenue and new admissions for the same store base. We define the same store base to include those stores open for at least 52 full weeks. These measures highlight the performance of existing stores, while excluding the impact of acquisitions, new store openings and closures. Management deems these metrics to be key performance indicators. Management uses these metrics to monitor our performance, both in our existing operations and acquisitions. Many of these metrics serve as the basis of reported revenues and assessment of these, provide direct correlation to the results of operations from period to period and facilitate comparison with the results of our peers. Historical trends established in these metrics can be used to evaluate current operating results, identify trends affecting our business, determine the allocation of resources and assess the quality and potential variability of our cash flows and earnings. We believe they are useful to investors in evaluating and understanding our business but should not be used solely in assessing the Company’s performance. These key performance indicators should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented herein to fully evaluate and understand the business as a whole. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies. Home health generates revenue by providing home health services on a short-term, intermittent or episodic basis to individuals, generally to treat an illness or injury. Net service revenues from Medicare accounted for 78.4% and 78.6% and managed care organizations accounted for 16.9% and 19.6% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Home health services provided to Medicare beneficiaries are paid under the Medicare Home Health Prospective Payment System, which uses national, 42 Table of Contents standardized 30-day period payment rates for periods of care. CMS uses the PDGM as the case-mix classification model to place periods of care into payment categories, classifying patients based on clinical characteristics. An outlier adjustment may be paid for periods of care in which costs exceed a specific threshold amount. Net service revenues increased by $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020. Total visits increased for the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly attributed to organic growth and the acquisition of Armada on August 1, 2021. Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues was 33.9% and 31.4% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of net service revenues was due to a decrease in direct employee wages, taxes and benefit costs of 1.9% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020. Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2021 improved compared to 2020, due to PDGM case mix and improvements as restrictions related to COVID-19 eased. The home health segment’s general and administrative expenses consist of administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs, rent, information technology and office expenses. General and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues was 21.6% and 23.2% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020 is primarily due to synergies from acquisitions. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to acquisitions that resulted in a $1.6 million increase in administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs for the year ended December 31, 2021. Non-GAAP Financial Measures Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The financial results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully evaluated. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before discontinued operations, net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, acquisition and de novo expenses, stock-based compensation expense, restructure and other costs, gain or loss on the sale of assets, and secondary offering costs. The Company defined adjusted EBITDA to exclude net COVID expenses arising from the pandemic from the second quarter of 2020 to the first quarter of 2021. Adjusted EBITDA is a performance measure used by management that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. It should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, operating income or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors, management and others in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons: • • • By reporting Adjusted EBITDA, we believe that we provide investors with insight and consistency in our financial reporting and present a basis for comparison of our business operations between current, past and future periods. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA allows management, investors and others to evaluate and compare our core operating results, including return on capital and operating efficiencies, from period to period, by removing the impact of our capital structure (interest expense), asset base (amortization and depreciation), tax consequences, stock-based compensation expense and other identified adjustments. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a measure widely used by securities analysts, investors and others to evaluate the financial performance of other public companies. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $9.4 million, $6.0 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. By comparing our Adjusted EBITDA in different periods, our investors can evaluate our operating results without stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash expense which we believe is not a key measure of our operations. 43 Table of Contents In addition, management has chosen to use Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure because we believe that the amount of non-cash expenses, such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense, may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations, and because such expenses can vary significantly from period to period as a result of new acquisitions, full amortization of previously acquired tangible and intangible assets or the timing of new stock-based awards, as the case may be. This facilitates internal comparisons to historical operating results, as well as external comparisons to the operating results of our competitors and other companies in the personal care services industry. Because management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful as a performance measure, management uses Adjusted EBITDA: • • • • • • as one of our primary financial measures in the day-to-day oversight of our business to allocate financial and human resources across our organization, to assess appropriate levels of marketing and other initiatives and to generally enhance the financial performance of our business; in the preparation of our annual operating budget, as well as for other planning purposes on a quarterly and annual basis, including allocations in order to implement our growth strategy, to determine appropriate levels of investments in acquisitions and to endeavor to achieve strong core operating results; to evaluate the effectiveness of business strategies, such as the allocation of resources, the mix of organic growth and acquisitive growth and adjustments to our payor mix; as a means of evaluating the effectiveness of management in directing our core operating performance, which we consider to be performance that can be affected by our management in any particular period through their allocation and use of resources that affect our underlying revenue and profit-generating operations during that period; for the valuation of prospective acquisitions, and to evaluate the effectiveness of integration of past acquisitions into our Company; and in communications with our Board concerning our financial performance. Although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations include: • • • • • • • • • • • • Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or other contractual commitments; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense or interest income; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes; although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any acquisition and de novo expenses; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any stock-based compensation; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any restructure expense and other costs; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any net COVID-19 expense arising from the pandemic from the second quarter of 2020 to the first quarter of 2021; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any gains or losses on the sale of assets; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any secondary offering costs; and other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Management compensates for these limitations by using GAAP financial measures in addition to Adjusted EBITDA in managing the day-to-day and long-term operations of our business. We believe that consideration of Adjusted EBITDA, together with a careful review of our GAAP financial measures, is the most informed method of analyzing our Company. 44 Table of Contents The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA: Reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA (a): Net income Less: loss from discontinued operations, net of tax Net income from continuing operations Interest expense, net Income tax expense from continuing operations Depreciation and amortization Acquisition and de novo expenses Stock-based compensation expense Restructure expense and other costs COVID-19 expense, net (b) Loss on sale of assets Secondary offering costs Adjusted EBITDA* For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 2020 (Amounts In Thousands) 2019 $ $ 45,126 — 45,126 5,538 15,272 14,494 7,306 9,434 1,057 (591) 25 — 97,661 $ $ 33,133 — 33,133 2,565 8,809 12,051 6,956 6,005 5,614 1,480 294 — 76,907 $ $ 25,237 574 25,811 1,582 7,359 10,574 4,775 5,766 2,703 — — 127 58,697 (a) (b) The selected historical Consolidated Statements of Income data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, were derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Excludes net COVID expenses arising from the pandemic from the second quarter of 2020 to the first quarter of 2021. Management deems these metrics to be key performance indicators. Management uses these metrics to monitor our performance, both in our existing * operations and acquisitions. Many of these metrics serve as the basis of reported revenues and assessment of these, provide direct correlation to the results of operations from period to period and facilitate comparison with the results of our peers. Historical trends established in these metrics can be used to evaluate current operating results, identify trends affecting our business, determine the allocation of resources and assess the quality and potential variability of our cash flows and earnings. We believe they are useful to investors in evaluating and understanding our business but should not be used solely in assessing the Company’s performance. These key performance indicators should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented herein to fully evaluate and understand the business as a whole. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies. Liquidity and Capital Resources Overview Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand and cash from operations and borrowings under our credit facility. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had cash balances of $168.9 million and $145.1 million, respectively. Cash flows from operating activities represent the inflow of cash from our payor clients and the outflow of cash for payroll and payroll taxes, operating expenses, interest and taxes. We drew approximately $29.0 million on the revolver portion of our credit facility to fund, in part, the acquisition of Armada on August 1, 2021. Additionally, we reallocated and refinanced $17.4 million of our outstanding initial term loans as revolving loans, as discussed below. At December 31, 2021, we had a total of $224.9 million in revolving loans, with an interest rate of 2.10% outstanding on our credit facility. After giving effect to the amount drawn on our credit facility, approximately $8.2 million of outstanding letters of credit and borrowing limits based on an advance multiple of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement), we had $376.6 million of capacity and $143.6 million available for borrowing under our credit facility. At December 31, 2020, we had a total of $178.5 million revolving credit loans, with an interest rate of 1.90%, and $18.1 million term loans, with an interest rate of 1.90%. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company drew approximately $135.0 million on the revolver portion of its credit facility to fund, in part, the purchase price for the Queen City Hospice acquisition on December 4, 2020. Our credit facility requires us to maintain a total net leverage ratio not exceeding 3.75:1.00. At December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with our financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. Although we believe our liquidity position remains strong, we can provide no assurance that we will remain in compliance with the covenants in our Credit Agreement, and in the future, it may prove necessary to seek an amendment with the bank lending group under our credit facility. Additionally, there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional funds on terms acceptable to us, if at all. 45 Table of Contents Borrowing Capacity On July 30, 2021, the Company entered into a Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to our Credit Agreement. The Second Amendment, among other things, reallocated and refinanced $17.4 million of our outstanding initial term loans as revolving loans (such that the Company has no outstanding initial term loans and no further initial term loans may be borrowed) and increased the Company’s revolving credit facility to an aggregate amount of $600.0 million. Moreover, the Second Amendment increased the Company’s incremental loan facility to an aggregate amount $125.0 million, which incremental loan facility may be for term loans or an increase to the revolving loan commitments. The maturity of the revolving credit facility was also extended from May 8, 2023 to July 30, 2026. Additionally, the Credit Agreement contains hardwired fallback language that contemplates a transition from LIBOR and specifically it identifies SOFR as the replacement reference rate and details the mechanism for transition at LIBOR cessation, which is anticipated to occur on June 30, 2023. The transition to SOFR is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity. In connection with the Second Amendment, we incurred approximately $3.0 million of debt issuance costs. See Note 8, Long-Term Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details of our long-term debt. COVID-19 Pandemic Any deterioration in economic conditions in the United States, including as the result of the COVID-19 pandemic, would pose a risk to states’ revenues, which in turn could affect our reimbursements and collections received for services rendered. Depending on the severity and length of any potential economic downturn, states could face significant fiscal challenges and revise their revenue forecasts and adjust their budgets, and sales tax collections and income tax withholdings could be depressed in fiscal year 2021 (which began July 1 in most states), and, potentially, future fiscal years. In this regard, Illinois, New Mexico and New York, our top three personal care markets, previously revised revenue estimates downward for the 2021 fiscal year as the result of earlier negative economic conditions arising from the pandemic. Also in response to reduced revenues, the state of New York authorized the issuance of short-term bonds and implemented uniform reductions to Medicaid payments. Effective for dates of service on or after April 2, 2020, the uniform reduction rate is 1.5%. The reduction applies to home health and personal care services but hospice services are exempt. Government Stimulus and Relief Measures As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, federal and state governments have passed legislation, promulgated regulations, and taken other administrative actions intended to assist healthcare providers in providing care to COVID-19 patients and other patients during the public health emergency. These temporary measures include relief from Medicare conditions of participation requirements for healthcare providers, relaxation of licensure requirements for healthcare professionals, relaxation of privacy restrictions for telehealth remote communications, promoting use of telehealth by expanding the scope of services for which Medicare reimbursement is available, and limited waivers of fraud and abuse laws for activities related to COVID-19 during the emergency period. The current federal public health emergency declaration expires April 16, 2022, but HHS has indicated it will provide states with 60 days’ notice prior to termination of the declaration. The ARPA, which became law on March 11, 2021, provides for $350 billion in relief funding for eligible state, local, territorial, and Tribal governments to mitigate the fiscal effects of the COVID-19 public health emergency. Additionally, the law provides for a 10 percentage point increase in federal matching funds for Medicaid HCBS from April 1, 2021, through March 30, 2022, provided the state satisfies certain conditions. States must use the monies attributable to this matching fund increase to supplement, not supplant, their level of spending for the implementation of activities enhanced under the Medicaid HCBS in effect as of April 1, 2021. States will be permitted to use the state funds equivalent to the additional federal funds through March 31, 2024. Provider Relief Fund One of the primary sources of relief for healthcare providers is the Provider Relief Fund, which has been funded through the CARES Act and related legislation. Provider Relief Fund payments are intended to compensate healthcare providers for lost revenues and health care related expenses incurred in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and are not required to be repaid, provided that recipients attest to and comply with certain terms and conditions, including limitations on balance billing and not using funds received from the Provider Relief Fund to reimburse expenses or losses that other sources are obligated to reimburse. In November 2020, the Company received grants in an aggregate principal amount of $13.7 million from the Provider Relief Fund, for which we had previously applied. The Company utilized $12.3 million and $1.4 million of these funds during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, for healthcare related expenses, including retention payments attributable to COVID-19 that were unreimbursed by other sources. We are required to properly and fully document the use of such funds in reports to HHS, which must be submitted no later than March 31, 2022. Queen City Hospice administered retention payments totaling $1.9 million to caregivers for the year ended December 31, 2021, which we believed to be necessary to secure and maintain adequate personnel. Commercial organizations that receive and expend annual total awards of $750,000 or more in federal funding, including payments received through the Provider Relief Fund, are subject to federal audit requirements. 46 Table of Contents Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program – Queen City Hospice In addition, the CARES Act expands the Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program to increase cash flow to providers impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Hospice and home health providers were able to request an advance or accelerated payment of up to 100% of the Medicare payment amount for a three-month period (not including Medicare Advantage payments). The Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program payments are a loan that providers must repay. In April 2020, Queen City Hospice received an amount equal to $10.8 million pursuant to the Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program. Queen City Hospice did not repay the funds prior to the completion of our acquisition of Queen City Hospice. However, Queen City Hospice repaid such funds following its acquisition in March 2021, prior to any CMS recoupment and before any interest accrual. Payroll tax deferral The CARES Act also provides for certain federal income and other tax changes, including allowing for the deferral of the employer portion of Social Security payroll taxes through December 31, 2020. The payroll tax deferral requires that the deferred payroll taxes be paid over two years, with half of the eligible deferred amount required to be paid by December 31, 2021 and the other half by December 31, 2022. The Company received a cash benefit of approximately $7.1 million related to the deferral of employer payroll taxes for 2020 under the CARES Act, for the period April 2, 2020 through June 30, 2020. Effective July 1, 2020, the Company began paying its deferred portion of employer Social Security payroll taxes and repaid $3.0 million of the $7.1 million in 2021. Medicare sequester The CARES Act and related legislation also include other provisions offering financial relief, for example temporarily lifting the Medicare sequester, which would have otherwise reduced payments to Medicare providers by 2% as required by the Budget Control Act of 2011, from May 1, 2020, through December 31, 2021 (but also extending sequestration through 2030). Congress further delayed these sequestration cuts through March 31, 2022, and reduced the sequestration adjustment to 1% from April 1 through June 30, 2022. The full 2% reduction is currently scheduled to resume July 1, 2022. These sequestration cuts have been extended through 2030, with the reductions for 2030 set to increase to 2.25% for the first six months and to 3% for the second six months. In our hospice segment, Medicare sequester relief resulted in an increase in net service revenues of $2.9 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In our home health segment, Medicare sequester relief resulted in an increase in net service revenues of $0.5 million and $0.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. However, the ARPA increases the federal budget deficit in a manner that triggers an additional statutorily mandated sequestration under the PAYGO Act. As a result, an additional Medicare payment reduction of up to 4% was required to take effect in January 2022. However, Congress has delayed implementation of this payment reduction until 2023. We cannot currently determine if, or to what extent, our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity will ultimately be impacted by mandated sequestration triggers under the PAYGO Act, or if or when the mandated sequestration will occur. Cash Flows The following table summarizes historical changes in our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019: Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash used in investing activities Net cash provided by financing activities 2021 2020 2019 $ 39,488 (42,015) 26,344 (Amounts in Thousands) 109,411 $ (214,236) 138,189 $ 12,019 (188,697) 217,986 Net cash provided by operating activities was $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $109.4 million in 2020 primarily due to the timing of receipts on accounts receivable and the timing of government stimulus funds. The changes in accounts receivable were primarily related to the growth in revenue and a decrease in days sales outstanding (“DSO”) during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020, as described below. The related receivables due from the Illinois Department on Aging represented 16.1% and 15.9% of net accounts receivable at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities was $42.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $214.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 consisted of $29.1 million primarily for the acquisition of Armada, $8.2 million for the acquisition of Summit and $4.6 million in purchases of property and equipment primarily related to technology infrastructure. Our investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily consisted of $194.8 million for the acquisition of Queen City Hospice, $15.8 million for the acquisition of County Homemakers, $14.5 million for the acquisition of A Plus and $6.8 million in purchases of property and equipment primarily related to our ongoing investments in our technology infrastructure and investments in expanding our corporate office. 47 Table of Contents Net cash provided by financing activities was $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $138.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 included borrowings of $29.0 million on the revolver portion of our credit facility to fund the Armada acquisition, the reallocation and refinancing of $17.4 million of our outstanding initial term loans as revolving loans and cash paid for debt issuance costs of $3.0 million. Our financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily related to borrowings of approximately $135.0 million on the revolver portion of our credit facility to fund, in part, the Queen City Hospice acquisition and $3.9 million in cash received from the exercise of stock options. Outstanding Accounts Receivable Gross accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $138.4 million and $133.4 million, respectively. Outstanding accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, increased by $4.3 million as of December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020. The open receivable balance from the Illinois Department on Aging, the largest payor program for the Company’s Illinois personal care operation, increased by $0.8 million from $21.2 million as of December 31, 2020 to $22.0 million as of December 31, 2021. Our collection procedures include review of account aging and direct contact with our payors. We have historically not used collection agencies. An uncollectible amount is written off to the allowance account after reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted. We calculate our DSO by taking the accounts receivable outstanding, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, divided by the net service revenues for the last quarter, multiplied by the number of days in that quarter. Our DSOs were 54 and 61 days at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The DSOs for our largest payor, the Illinois Department on Aging, at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were 43 and 46 days, respectively. As discussed above in “COVID-19 Pandemic”, any deterioration in economic conditions in the United States, including as the result of the COVID- 19 pandemic, would pose a risk to states’ revenues, which in turn could affect our reimbursements and collections received for services rendered. Depending on the severity and length of any potential economic downturn, states could face significant fiscal challenges and revise their revenue forecasts and adjust their budgets, and sales tax collections and income tax withholdings could be depressed in fiscal year 2021 (which began July 1 in most states), and, potentially, future fiscal years. We cannot determine if Congress will provide additional relief with additional stimulus and relief legislation. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements As of December 31, 2021, we did not have any off-balance sheet guarantees or arrangements with unconsolidated entities. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of the financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expense and related disclosures. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it involves a significant level of estimation uncertainty and has had or is reasonably likely to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other sources and factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, however, actual results may differ from these estimates. Our critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below. Revenue Recognition, Accounts Receivable and Allowances Net service revenue is recognized at the amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for providing services directly to consumers. Receipts are from federal, state and local governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private consumers for services rendered. The Company assesses the consumers’ ability to pay at the time of their admission based on the Company’s verification of the customer’s insurance coverage under the Medicare, Medicaid, and other commercial or managed care insurance programs. Laws and regulations governing the governmental programs in which we participate are complex and subject to interpretation. Net service revenues related to uninsured accounts, or self-pay, is recorded net of implicit price concessions estimated based on historical collection experience to reduce revenue to the estimated amount we expect to collect. Amounts collected from all sources may be less than amounts billed due to implicit price concessions resulting from client eligibility issues, insufficient or incomplete documentation, services at levels other than authorized, pricing differences and other reasons unrelated to credit risk. We monitor our net service revenues and collections from these sources and record any necessary adjustment to net service revenues based upon management’s assessment of historical write offs and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, trends in federal, state and private employer health care coverage and other collection indicators. 48 Table of Contents Accounts receivable is reduced to the amount expected to be collected in future periods for services rendered to customers prior to the balance sheet date. Management estimates the value of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions based upon historical experience and other factors, including an aging of accounts receivable, evaluation of expected adjustments, past adjustments and collection experience in relation to amounts billed, current contract and reimbursement terms, shifts in payors and other relevant information. Collection of net service revenues we expect to receive is normally a function of providing complete and correct billing information to the payors within the various filing deadlines. The evaluation of these historical and other factors involves complex, subjective judgments impacting the determination of the implicit price concession assumption. In addition, we compare our cash collections to recorded net service revenues and evaluate our historical allowances, including implicit price concessions, based upon the ultimate resolution of the accounts receivable balance. Goodwill and Intangible Assets Under business combination accounting, assets and liabilities are generally recognized at their fair values and the difference between the consideration transferred, excluding transaction costs, and the fair values of the assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill. The Company’s significant identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names and trademarks and state licenses. The Company uses various valuation techniques to determine initial fair value of its intangible assets, including relief-from-royalty, income approach, discounted cash flow analysis, and multi-period excess earnings, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future market growth and trends, forecasted revenue and costs, expected periods over which the assets will be utilized, appropriate discount rates and other variables. The Company estimates the fair values of the trade names using the relief- from-royalty method, which requires assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the relief from royalty rate for such revenue, the tax rate and the discount rate. The Company estimates the fair value of existing indefinite-lived state licenses based on a blended approach of the replacement cost method and cost savings method, which involves estimating the total process costs and opportunity costs to obtain a license, by estimating future earnings before interest and taxes and applying an estimated discount rate, tax rate and time to obtain the license. The Company estimates the fair value of existing finite-lived state licenses based on a method of analyzing the definite revenue streams with the license and without the license, which involves estimating revenues and expenses, estimated time to build up to a current revenue base, which is market specific, and the non-licensed revenue allocation, revenue growth rates, discount rate and tax amortization benefits. The Company estimates the fair value of customer and referral relationships based on a multi-period excess earnings method, which involves identifying revenue streams associated with the assets, estimating the attrition rates based upon historical financial data, expenses and cash flows associated with the assets, contributory asset charges, rates of return for specific assets, growth rates, discount rate and tax amortization benefits. The Company estimates the fair value of non-competition agreements based on a method of analyzing the factors to compete and factors not to compete, which involves estimating historical financial data, forecasted financial statements, growth rates, tax amortization benefit, discount rate, review of factors to compete and factors not to compete as well as an assessment of the probability of successful competition for each non-competition agreement. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, goodwill was $504.4 million and $469.1 million, respectively, included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The carrying value of our goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired from various acquisitions. In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. We may elect to use a qualitative test to determine whether impairment has occurred, focused on various factors including macroeconomic conditions, market trends, specific reporting unit financial performance and other entity specific events, to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, including goodwill. We may also bypass the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative test. Additionally, it is our policy to update the fair value calculation of our reporting units and perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test on a periodic basis. The quantitative goodwill impairment test involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then goodwill is not impaired. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then goodwill is impaired to the extent of the difference. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we performed the quantitative analysis to evaluate whether an impairment occurred. Since quoted market prices for our reporting units are not available, we rely on widely accepted valuation techniques to determine fair value, including discounted cash flow and market multiple approaches, which capture both the future income potential of the reporting unit and the market behaviors and actions of market participants in the industry that includes the reporting unit. These types of models require us to make assumptions and estimates regarding future cash flows, industry-specific economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. The discounted cash flow model uses a projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. The market multiple model estimates fair value based on market multiples of earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization. Under the discounted cash flow model, the projection uses management’s best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period for each reporting unit using significant assumptions such as revenue growth rates and the weighted-average cost of capital. 49 Table of Contents Based on the totality of the information available, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair values of our reporting units were greater than their carrying values. Consequently, we concluded that there were no impairments for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019. For the fiscal year 2021 impairment tests, the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values (commonly referred to as “headroom”) by at least 100% in the personal care and home health reporting units, and by 20% in the hospice reporting unit. The headroom percentage for the hospice reporting unit decreased as compared to the prior year primarily due to prior acquisitions increasing the carrying value combined with a decline in estimates to average daily census and an increase in estimates for labor costs both driven by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in lower discounted cash flows compared to 2020. We performed a sensitivity analysis on this reporting unit and determined that a more than 1.5% increase to the weighted- average cost of capital, the most sensitive assumption used in the estimate, would result in the fair value being lower than the carrying value. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions management believes to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, was $64.3 million and $71.5 million, respectively, included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names, trademarks, state licenses and non-competition agreements. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized using straight-line and accelerated methods based upon the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from one to twenty-five years, and assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Customer and referral relationships are amortized systematically over the periods of expected economic benefit, which range from five to ten years. We would recognize an impairment loss when the estimated future non-discounted cash flows associated with the intangible asset are less than the carrying value. An impairment charge would then be recorded for the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. We estimate the fair value of these intangible assets using the income approach. In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. We test intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. No impairment charge was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019. Amortization of intangible assets is reported in the statement of income caption, “Depreciation and amortization” and not included in the income statement caption cost of service revenues. Recent Accounting Pronouncements Refer to Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. Standby letters of credit We had outstanding letters of credit of $8.2 million at December 31, 2021. These standby letters of credit benefit our third-party insurer for our high deductible workers’ compensation insurance program. The amount of the letters of credit is negotiated annually in conjunction with the insurance renewals. Material Cash Requirements We believe that our existing cash on hand, our anticipated cash flows from operations and amounts available under our Credit Agreement will be sufficient to fund our anticipated operating and investing needs for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future thereafter. Cash from operations could also be affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and other risks detailed in Part I, Item 1A—“Risk Factors”. Debt As of December 31, 2021, the Company had outstanding debt on our revolving loan under our credit facility of $224.9 million, payable on July 30, 2026. Interest payments associated with the debt totals $27.6 million, with $6.3 million payable within 12 months. As described in Note 8 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, interest on borrowings under the revolving loan are variable. The calculated interest payable amounts use actual rates available through January 2021 and assumes the January rates of 2.10%, respectively, for all future interest payable on the revolving loans. See Note 8, Long-Term Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details of our long-term debt. Leases The Company has lease arrangements for local branches, our corporate headquarters and certain equipment. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had fixed lease payment obligations of $48.5 million, with $11.0 million payable within 12 months. See Note 2, Leases, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details of our leases. 50 Table of Contents Impact of Inflation The United States has recently experienced inflationary conditions, which we believe generally commenced in the latter half of 2021. The impact of inflation on us is reflected in, and may continue to result in, increased operating costs, particularly the wages we pay our caregivers and other personnel and our ability to attract and retain personnel. Rising price levels might allow us to increase our fees to private pay clients, but our ability to realize rate increases from government programs might be limited despite inflation. Inflation may also raise our financing costs. For additional information regarding the risks to us from the current competitive labor market and increasing labor costs, see Item 1A—Risk Factors — “We may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel or we may incur increased costs in doing so.” 51 Table of Contents ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt, including, without limitation, the potential impact of the discontinuation or modification of LIBOR. As of December 31, 2021, we had outstanding borrowings of approximately $224.9 million on our credit facility, all of which was subject to variable interest rates. As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding borrowings of approximately $196.6 million on our credit facility, all of which was subject to variable interest rates. If the variable rates on this debt were 100 basis points higher than the rate applicable to the borrowing during the year ended December 31, 2021, our net income would have decreased by $1.7 million, or $0.10 per diluted share. We do not currently have any derivative or hedging arrangements, or other known exposures, to changes in interest rates. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Our Consolidated Financial Statements together with the related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and the report of our independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth on the pages indicated in Part IV, Item 15—“Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.” ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2021. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on our assessment under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021. Under SEC Staff guidance, companies are permitted to exclude acquisitions from their first assessment of internal control over financial reporting which covers the period in which such acquisition was completed. We excluded Armada Skilled Homecare of New Mexico LLC, Armada Hospice of New Mexico LLC and Armada Hospice of Santa Fe LLC (collectively, “Armada”) and Summit Home Health, LLC (“Summit”), each of which are wholly- owned subsidiaries, from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 because they were acquired in purchase business combinations on August 1, 2021 and October 1, 2021, respectively. • • Armada represented 0.5% of our revenues and 2.0% of our operating income, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2021. Summit represented 0.2% of our revenues and 0.0% of our operating income, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2021. 52 Table of Contents The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which appears within Part IV, Item 15—“Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.”. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION On or about February 23, 2022, the Company entered into new indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers (each, an “Indemnitee”). The indemnification agreements provide that the Company will indemnify the Indemnitee against certain expenses and costs arising out of claims to which he or she becomes subject in connection with his or her service to the Company. The indemnification agreements contain customary terms and conditions and establish certain customary procedures and presumptions. Each new indemnification agreement with a current director or officer will replace and supersede the prior indemnification agreement between the Company and such director or officer, if such director or officer was a party to a prior indemnification agreement. The foregoing description of the indemnification agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of indemnification agreement filed as Exhibit 10.50 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS Not applicable. 53 Table of Contents PART III Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K as we intend to file our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, and certain information included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2022 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Conduct”) that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and members of our Board of Directors, and our subsidiaries. The Code of Conduct addresses, among other things, legal compliance, conflicts of interest, corporate opportunities, protection and proper use of Company assets, confidential and proprietary information, integrity of records, compliance with accounting principles and relations with government agencies. A copy of the current version of our Code of Conduct is available in the Investors—Corporate Governance section of our internet website located at www.addus.com. A copy of the Code of Conduct is also available in print, free of charge, to any stockholder who requests it by writing to Addus HomeCare Corporation, 6303 Cowboys Way, Suite 600, Frisco, TX 75034. We intend to post amendments to or waivers from, if any, our Code of Conduct at this location on our website, in each case to the extent such amendment or waiver would otherwise require the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to Item 5.05 thereof. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2022 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2022 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2022 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2022 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. 54 Exhibit Number 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 Table of Contents ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES PART IV (a) (1), (2) The Financial Statements listed on the index on page F-1 following are included herein. All schedules are omitted, either because they are not applicable or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto. (b) Exhibits Exhibit Number EXHIBIT INDEX Incorporated by Reference Description of Document Form File No. Date Filing 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 10.1* 10.2* 10.3* 10.13* 10.14* 10.15* Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Addus HomeCare Corporation dated as of October 27, 2009. 10-Q 001-34504 11/20/2009 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Addus HomeCare Corporation, as amended by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws. 10-Q 001-34504 05/9/2013 Form of Common Stock Certificate. Description of Securities of Addus HomeCare Corporation Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. Separation and General Release Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2009, between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and W. Andrew Wright, III. S-1 333-160634 10/2/2009 10-K 001-34504 8/10/2020 S-1 333-160634 9/21/2009 10.1(b) Addus HealthCare, Inc. Home Health and Home Care Division Vice President and Regional Director Bonus Plan. S-1 333-160634 7/17/2009 10.10 Addus HealthCare, Inc. Support Center Vice President and Department Director Bonus Plan. 10.4* Addus Holding Corporation 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. 10.5* 10.6* 10.7 10.8 10.9 Director Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. Executive Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. 2009 Form of Indemnification Agreement. License Agreement for Horizon Homecare Software, dated March 24, 2006, between McKesson Information Solutions, LLC and Addus HealthCare, Inc. Contract Supplement to License Agreement No. C0608555, dated March 24, 2006. 10.10 Contract Supplement to License Agreement No. 00608555, dated March 28, 2006. 10.11 Amendment to License Agreement No. C0608555, dated March 28, 2006, between McKesson Information Solutions LLC and Addus HealthCare, Inc. 10.12* Form of Addus HomeCare Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement pursuant to the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 333-160634 7/17/2009 333-160634 7/17/2009 333-160634 7/17/2009 333-160634 7/17/2009 333-160634 7/17/2009 333-160634 8/26/2009 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.16 10.17 333-160634 8/26/2009 10.17(a) 333-160634 8/26/2009 10.17(b) 333-160634 8/26/2009 10.17(c) 333-160634 9/21/2009 10.20 333-160634 9/21/2009 10.20(a) Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. S-1 333-160634 9/21/2009 10.20(b) The Executive Nonqualified “Excess” Plan Adoption Agreement, by Addus HealthCare, Inc., dated April 1, 2012. 8-K 001-34504 4/5/2012 99.1 55  10.17 10.18* 10.19 10.20* 10.21* 10.22* 10.23* 10.24 10.25* 10.26* 10.27* 10.28* 10.29* 10.30 Table of Contents 10.16* The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan Document. 8-K 001-34504 4/5/2012 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2013, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., its subsidiaries identified therein, LHC Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries identified therein. 8-K 001-34504 3/6/2013 99.2 99.1 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective December 15, 2014, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Maxine Hochhauser. 8-K 001-34504 12/15/2014 99.1 Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2015, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., Margaret Coffey, Carol Kolar, South Shore Home Health Service, Inc. and Acaring Home Care, LLC. 10-Q 001-34504 5/8/2015 Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of March 18, 2016, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Inna Berkovich. 8-K 001-34504 03/23/2016 Separation Agreement and General Release, effective May 25, 2016, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Donald Klink. 8-K 001-34504 5/27/2016 Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of March 1, 2016, by and between Addus HomeCare Corporation and Mark S. Heaney. 8-K 001-34504 3/2/2016 Severance Agreement and General Release, dated as of February 13, 2017, by and between Addus HomeCare Corporation and Maxine Hochhauser. 8-K 001-34504 1/18/2017 10.1 10.1 99.1 99.2 10.1 Credit Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2017, by and among Addus Healthcare, Inc., as the Borrower, the other parties from time to time a party thereto, and Capital One, National Association, as a Lender and Swing Lender and as Agent for all Lenders, Suntrust Bank, as Documentation Agent, Bank of the West, Compass Bank, Fifth Third Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Co- Syndication Agents, the other financial institutions party thereto, as Lenders, Capital One, National Association, Bank of the West, Compass Bank, Fifth Third Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Suntrust Robinson Humphrey as Joint Lead Arrangers and Capital One, National Association, as Sole Bookrunner. 10-Q 001-34504 5/9/2017 10.3 Addus HomeCare Corporation’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan, effective as of April 27, 2017. 8-K 001-34504 6/16/2017 10.1 Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement pursuant to the 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to the 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 10-K 001-34504 3/14/2018 10.28 10-K 001-34504 3/14/2018 10.29 Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated April 25, 2017, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Brenda Belger. 10-Q 001-34504 8/8/2017 Transition Agreement and Release, effective as of August 14, 2017, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Brenda Belger. 8-K 001-34504 7/31/2017 10.7 10.1 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 27, 2018, by and among Addus Healthcare, Inc., Michael J. Merrell and Mary E. Merrell, individually, Michael J. Merrell and Mary E. Merrell, as Trustees of the Merrell Revocable Trust UTA dated June 3, 2012, and Michael J. Merrell and Mary E. Merrell, as Trustees of the Ambercare Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust. 56 8-K 001-34504 3/5/2018 10.1 Table of Contents 10.31 10.32* 10.33* 10.34* 10.35* 10.36* 10.37* 10.38 10.39* 10.40* 10.41* 10.42* 10.43 10.44 10.45 10.46 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as borrower, the Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, and Capital One, National Association, as administrative agent. Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and R. Dirk Allison. 10-Q 001-34504 8/11/2018 10.2 10-Q 001-34504 8/11/2018 10.3 Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Brian Poff. 10-Q 001-34504 8/11/2018 10.4 Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and James Zoccoli. Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Darby Anderson. Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and W. Bradley Bickham. 10-Q 001-34504 8/11/2018 10.5 10-Q 001-34504 8/11/2018 10.6 10-Q 001-34504 8/11/2018 10.7 Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Laurie Manning. 10-Q 001-34504 8/11/2018 10.8 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2018, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as borrower, the Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, and Capital One, National Association, as administrative agent. 10-Q 001-34504 11/8/2018 10.2 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective April 29, 2019, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Sean Gaffney. 8-K 001-34504 4/8/2019 99.2 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective November 7, 2019, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and David Tucker. 10-K 001-34504 8/10/2020 10.40 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective November 7, 2019, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Mike Wattenbarger. 10-K 001-34504 8/10/2020 10.41 Transition Agreement and Release, effective as of July 31, 2019, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and James “Zeke” Zoccoli. 8-K 001-34504 7/24/2019 10.1 Equity Purchase Agreement, dated August 25, 2019, by and among Addus Healthcare, Inc., Hospice Partners of America, LLC, New Capital Partners II – HS, Inc., Senior Care Services, LLC, Eastside Partners II, L.P., and New Capital Partners II, LLC. First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2019, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as the Borrower, Addus HomeCare Corporation, other Credit Parties party thereto, Capital One, National Association, as administrative agent and as a Lender, and the other Lenders party thereto. Unit Purchase Agreement, dated November 10, 2020, by and among Addus Healthcare, Inc., Queen City Hospice, LLC, Miracle City Hospice, LLC, and QCH Holdings LLC. Amendment to Unit Purchase Agreement, dated December 3, 2020, by and among Addus Healthcare, Inc., Queen City Hospice, LLC, Miracle City Hospice, LLC, and QCH Holdings LLC. 57 S-3ASR 333-233600 9/3/2019 2.1 10-Q 001-34504 9/13/2019 10.1 10-K 001-34504 3/1/2021 10.45 10-K 001-34504 3/1/2021 10.46 Table of Contents 10.47* 10.48* 10.49** Transition Agreement and Release, effective June 11, 2021, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Laurie Manning. 10-Q 001-34504 8/4/2021 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective June 14, 2021, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Roberton James Stevenson. 10-Q 001-34504 8/4/2021 10.1 10.2 Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2021, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as the Borrower, Addus HomeCare Corporation, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Capital One, National Association, as administrative agent and as a Lender, and the other Lenders party thereto. 8-K 001-34504 8/4/2021 10.1 10.50* 2022 Form of Indemnification Agreement. 21.1 23.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 Subsidiaries of Addus HomeCare Corporation. Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 101.INS Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document). 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document. 101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document. 101.PRE Inline XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document. 101.DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 104 * ** Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document and contained in Exhibit 101). Management compensatory plan or arrangement Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 58 Table of Contents Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES Addus HomeCare Corporation By: /s/ R. DIRK ALLISON R. Dirk Allison, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board Date: February 25, 2022 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated: Signature Title /s/ R. DIRK ALLISON R. Dirk Allison Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer) Date February 25, 2022 Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and February 25, 2022 Accounting Officer) /s/ BRIAN POFF Brian Poff /s/ MICHAEL EARLEY Michael Earley /s/ MARK L. FIRST Mark L. First Director Director /s/ STEVEN I. GERINGER Steven I. Geringer Lead Director /s/ DARIN J. GORDON Darin J. Gordon /s/ ESTEBAN LÓPEZ, M.D. Esteban López, M.D. Director Director /s/ VERONICA HILL-MILBOURNE Veronica Hill-Milbourne Director /s/ JEAN RUSH Jean Rush Director /s/ SUSAN T. WEAVER, M.D., FACP Susan T. Weaver, M.D., FACP Director 59 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 February 25, 2022 Table of Contents INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets Consolidated Statements of Income Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Page F-2 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 F-9 All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted. F-1 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Addus HomeCare Corporation Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Addus HomeCare Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Basis for Opinions The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Armada Skilled Homecare of New Mexico LLC, Armada Hospice of New Mexico LLC and Armada Hospice of Santa Fe LLC (collectively, “Armada”) and Summit Home Health, LLC (“Summit”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, because they were acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during 2021. We have also excluded Armada and Summit from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Armada and Summit are wholly-owned subsidiaries whose total revenues and total operating income excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent approximately 0.5% and 0.2% of total revenues, respectively and approximately 2.0% and 0.0%, of total operating income, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts for the year ended December 31, 2021. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in F-2 Table of Contents accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Valuation of Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances for Implicit Price Concessions As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, net service revenue is recognized at the amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for providing services directly to consumers. Amounts collected may be less than amounts billed due to implicit price concessions, resulting from client eligibility issues, insufficient or incomplete documentation, services at levels other than authorized, pricing differences and other reasons unrelated to credit risk. Management estimates the value of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions, based upon historical experience and other factors, including an aging of accounts receivable, evaluation of expected adjustments, past adjustments and collection experience in relation to amounts billed, current contract and reimbursement terms, shifts in payors and other relevant information. The evaluation of these historical and other factors involves complex, subjective judgments. Accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions (before the allowance for doubtful accounts), were $138.4 million as of December 31, 2021. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the estimate of the valuation of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgement, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating the audit evidence obtained related to the estimate. Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s estimate of the valuation of accounts receivable, net of implicit price concessions, including controls over the allowance for implicit price concessions. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for developing the estimate of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions, (ii) evaluating the relevance and use of historical experience data as an input into the estimate, (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying historical collection data used in the estimate, (iv) testing, on a sample basis, the accuracy of revenue transactions and cash collections from the billing and collection data used in management’s estimate, (v) evaluating the historical accuracy of management’s estimate of the amount expected to be collected by comparing actual cash collections to the related accounts receivable, and (vi) performing a retrospective comparison of actual cash collected subsequent to year-end to evaluate the reasonableness of the prior year estimate. Goodwill Impairment Assessment – Hospice Reporting Unit As described in Notes 1 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s goodwill balance was $504.4 million as of December 31, 2021, and the goodwill associated with the hospice reporting unit was $328.3 million. Management tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. The goodwill impairment test involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. Since quoted market prices for the Company’s reporting units are not available, management relies on widely accepted valuation techniques to determine fair value, including the discounted cash flow approach. Under the discounted cash flow model, the projection uses management’s best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period for each reporting unit using significant assumptions such as revenue growth rates and the weighted-average cost of capital. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment of the hospice reporting unit is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value of the hospice reporting unit; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating F-3 Table of Contents management’s significant assumptions related to the revenue growth rates and the weighted-average cost of capital; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge. Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the valuation of the hospice reporting unit. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value of the hospice reporting unit; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow model; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the discounted cash flow model; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumptions used by management related to the revenue growth rates and the weighted-average cost of capital. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to the revenue growth rates involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the hospice reporting unit; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data; and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the appropriateness of the Company’s discounted cash flow model and the reasonableness of the weighted-average cost of capital significant assumption. /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Dallas, Texas February 25, 2022 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019. F-4 Table of Contents ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (amounts and shares in thousands, except per share data) 2021 2020 Assets Current assets Cash Accounts receivable, net of allowances Prepaid expenses and other current assets Total current assets Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization Other assets Goodwill Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization Deferred tax assets, net Operating lease assets, net Total other assets Total assets Liabilities and stockholders’ equity Current liabilities Accounts payable Accrued payroll Accrued expenses Government stimulus advances Accrued workers’ compensation insurance Current portion of long-term debt Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Long-term debt, less current portion, net of debt issuance costs Long-term operating lease liabilities Other long-term liabilities Total long-term liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders’ equity Common stock—$.001 par value; 40,000 authorized and 15,940 and 15,826 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ $ $ $ $ $ 168,895 136,955 18,491 324,341 18,483 504,392 64,321 — 36,048 604,761 947,585 19,358 44,083 37,077 4,173 12,998 — 117,689 220,912 32,859 1,781 255,552 373,241 16 380,037 194,291 574,344 947,585 $ $ $ $ $ $ 145,078 132,650 9,969 287,697 19,749 469,072 71,549 6,524 37,991 585,136 892,582 23,705 35,815 37,564 32,087 13,759 971 143,901 193,901 35,516 588 230,005 373,906 16 369,495 149,165 518,676 892,582 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-5 Table of Contents ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (amounts and shares in thousands, except per share data) Net service revenues Cost of service revenues Gross profit General and administrative expenses Depreciation and amortization Total operating expenses Operating income from continuing operations Interest income Interest expense Total interest expense, net Income from continuing operations before income taxes Income tax expense Net income from continuing operations Loss from discontinued operations Net income Net income per common share Basic income per share Continuing operations Discontinued operations Basic income per share Diluted income per share Continuing operations Discontinued operations Diluted income per share 2021 For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 864,499 594,651 269,848 189,418 14,494 203,912 65,936 (268) 5,806 5,538 60,398 15,272 45,126 — 45,126 $ 2.87 $ — 2.87 $ 2.81 — 2.81 $ $ $ 764,775 538,538 226,237 169,679 12,051 181,730 44,507 (624) 3,189 2,565 41,942 8,809 33,133 — 33,133 $ 2.12 — 2.12 2.08 — 2.08 $ $ $ $ 648,791 469,553 179,238 133,912 10,574 144,486 34,752 (1,523) 3,105 1,582 33,170 7,359 25,811 (574) 25,237 1.87 (0.04) 1.83 1.81 (0.04) 1.77 Weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding: Basic Diluted 15,737 16,064 15,596 15,956 13,816 14,248 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-6 Table of Contents ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (amounts and shares in thousands) Balance at January 1, 2019 Issuance of shares of common stock under restricted stock award agreements Forfeiture of shares of common stock under restricted stock award agreements Stock-based compensation Shares issued for exercise of stock options Shares issued in secondary offering, net of offering costs Net income Balance at December 31, 2019 Issuance of shares of common stock under restricted stock award agreements Forfeiture of shares of common stock under restricted stock award agreements Stock-based compensation Shares issued for exercise of stock options Net income Balance at December 31, 2020 Issuance of shares of common stock under restricted stock award agreements Forfeiture of shares of common stock under restricted stock award agreements Stock-based compensation Shares issued for exercise of stock options Net income Balance at December 31, 2021 Common Stock Shares Amount Additional Paid in Capital Retained Earnings Total Stockholders’ Equity 13,126 $ 13 $ 177,683 $ 90,795 $ 268,491 70 (4) — 125 2,300 — 15,617 $ 88 (6) — 127 — 15,826 $ 89 (7) — 32 — 15,940 $ — — — — 2 — 15 — — — 1 — 16 — — — — — 16 $ $ $ — — 5,766 3,153 — — — — — — 5,766 3,153 172,943 — 359,545 $ — 25,237 116,032 $ 172,945 25,237 475,592 — — — — 6,005 3,945 — 369,495 $ — — — 33,133 149,165 $ — 6,005 3,946 33,133 518,676 — — — — 9,434 1,108 — 380,037 $ — — — 45,126 194,291 $ — 9,434 1,108 45,126 574,344 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7 Table of Contents ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (amounts in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, net of acquisitions: Depreciation and amortization Deferred income taxes Stock-based compensation Amortization of debt issuance costs under the credit facility Provision for doubtful accounts Loss on sale and/or impairment of assets Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: Accounts receivable Prepaid expenses and other current assets Government stimulus advances Accounts payable Accrued payroll Accrued expenses and other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired Proceeds on disposal of businesses Purchases of property and equipment Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs Borrowings on revolver — credit facility Borrowings on term loan — credit facility Payments on term loan — credit facility Payments on financing lease obligations Payments for debt issuance costs under the credit facility Cash received from exercise of stock options Net cash provided by financing activities Net change in cash Cash, at beginning of period Cash, at end of period Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash paid for interest Cash paid for income taxes Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities Leasehold improvements acquired through tenant allowances Tax benefit related to the amortization of tax goodwill in excess of book basis 2021 For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ 45,126 $ 33,133 $ 25,237 14,494 7,282 9,434 804 962 — (3,916) (8,599) (27,914) (4,810) 7,888 (1,263) 39,488 (37,370) — (4,645) (42,015) — 46,395 — (18,130) — (3,029) 1,108 26,344 23,817 145,078 168,895 $ 12,051 (4,652) 6,005 737 918 1,256 23,860 (1,973) 19,393 2,159 5,228 11,296 109,411 (207,660) 255 (6,831) (214,236) — 135,000 — (735) (22) — 3,946 138,189 33,364 111,714 145,078 $ $ 5,094 17,820 $ 2,365 10,590 — 61 5,161 225 10,574 (1,063) 5,766 716 343 — (37,478) (792) — 4,638 8,138 (4,060) 12,019 (184,076) — (4,621) (188,697) 172,945 23,458 19,600 (735) (63) (372) 3,153 217,986 41,308 70,406 111,714 2,320 7,303 682 117 $ $ See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-8 Table of Contents ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 1. Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation and Description of Business The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Addus HomeCare Corporation (“Holdings”) and its subsidiaries (together with Holdings, the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”). The Company operates as a multi-state provider of three distinct but related business segments providing in-home services. In its personal care services segment, the Company provides non-medical assistance with activities of daily living, primarily to persons who are at increased risk of hospitalization or institutionalization, such as the elderly, chronically ill or disabled. In its hospice segment, the Company provides physical, emotional and spiritual care for people who are terminally ill as well as related services for their families. In its home health segment, the Company provides services that are primarily medical in nature to individuals who may require assistance during an illness or after hospitalization and include skilled nursing and physical, occupational and speech therapy. The Company’s payor clients include federal, state and local governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private individuals. Principles of Consolidation All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Discontinued Operations In 2013, the Company sold substantially all of the assets used in its then home health business (the “2013 Home Health Business”) in Arkansas, Nevada and South Carolina, and 90% of the 2013 Home Health Business in California and Illinois. Effective October 1, 2017, the Company sold its remaining 10% ownership interest in the 2013 Home Health Business in California and Illinois. The results of the 2013 Home Health Business are reflected as discontinued operations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, in connection with a 2013 Home Health Business litigation settlement, the Company recognized an expense of $0.6 million. The lawsuit was dismissed in full on October 15, 2019. Revenue Recognition Net service revenue is recognized at the amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for providing services directly to consumers. Receipts are from federal, state and local governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private consumers for services rendered. The Company assesses the consumers’ ability to pay at the time of their admission based on the Company’s verification of the customer’s insurance coverage under the Medicare, Medicaid, and other commercial or managed care insurance programs. Laws and regulations governing the governmental programs in which the Company participates are complex and subject to interpretation. Net service revenues related to uninsured accounts, or self-pay, is recorded net of implicit price concessions estimated based on historical collection experience to reduce revenue to the estimated amount the Company expects to collect. Amounts collected from all sources may be less than amounts billed due to implicit price concessions, resulting from client eligibility issues, insufficient or incomplete documentation, services at levels other than authorized, pricing differences and other reasons unrelated to credit risk. The Company monitors our net service revenues and collections from these sources and records any necessary adjustment to net service revenues based upon management’s assessment of historical write offs and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, trends in federal, state and private employer health care coverage and other collection indicators. The initial estimate of net service revenues is determined by reducing the standard charge by any contractual adjustments, discounts and implicit price concessions. Subsequent changes to the estimate of net service revenues are generally recorded in the period of the change. Changes in estimates of implicit price concessions, discounts and contractual adjustments recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021 for performance obligations satisfied in years prior to 2021 resulted in an increase to net service revenue of approximately $5.7 million. Changes in estimates of implicit price concessions, discounts and contractual adjustments recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020 for performance obligations satisfied in years prior to 2020 resulted in an increase to net service revenue of approximately $4.3 million. Subsequent changes that are determined to be the result of an adverse change in the patient’s ability to pay are recorded as bad debt expense. Personal Care The majority of the Company’s net service revenues are generated from providing personal care services directly to consumers under contracts with state, local and other governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private F-9 Table of Contents consumers. Generally, these contracts, which are negotiated based on current contracting practices as appropriate for the payor, establish the terms of a customer relationship and set the broad range of terms for services to be performed at a stated rate. However, the contracts do not give rise to rights and obligations until an order is placed with the Company. When an order is placed, it creates the performance obligation to provide a defined quantity of service hours, or authorized hours, per consumer. The Company satisfies its performance obligations over time, given that consumers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits provided by the Company as the services are performed. As the Company has a right to consideration from customers commensurate with the value provided to customers from the performance completed over a given invoice period, the Company has elected to use the practical expedient for measuring progress toward satisfaction of performance obligations and recognizes patient service revenue in the amount to which the Company has a right to invoice. Hospice Revenue The Company generates net service revenues from providing hospice services to consumers who are terminally ill as well as related services for their families. Net service revenues are recognized as services are provided and costs for delivery of such services are incurred. The estimated payment rates are daily rates for each of the levels of care the Company delivers. Hospice companies are subject to two specific payment limit caps under the Medicare program each federal fiscal year, the inpatient cap and the aggregate cap. The inpatient cap limits the number of inpatient care days provided to no more than 20% of the total days of hospice care provided to Medicare patients for the year. If a hospice exceeds the number of allowable inpatient care days, the hospice must refund any amounts received for inpatient care that exceed the total of: (i) the product of the total reimbursement paid to the hospice for inpatient care multiplied by the ratio of the maximum number of allowable inpatient days to the actual number of inpatient care days furnished by the hospice to Medicare patients; and (ii) the product of the number of actual inpatient days in excess of the limitation multiplied by the routine home care rate. The aggregate cap, which is calculated each federal fiscal year, limits the amount of Medicare reimbursement a hospice may receive, based on the number of Medicare patients served. If a hospice’s Medicare payments exceed its aggregate cap, it must repay Medicare for the excess amount. In federal fiscal year 2022, the aggregate cap is $31,297.61. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded a liability of $0.3 million and $1.8 million related to the Medicare aggregate cap limit. Home Health Revenue The Company also generates net service revenues from providing home healthcare services directly to consumers mainly under contracts with Medicare and managed care organizations. Generally, these contracts, which are negotiated based on current contracting practices as appropriate for the payor, establish the terms of a relationship and set the broad range of terms for services to be performed on an episodic basis at a stated rate. Home health Medicare services were paid under the Medicare Home Health Prospective Payment System (“HHPPS”), for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, which are based on 30-day periods of care as a unit of service. The HHPPS permits multiple, continuous periods per patient. Medicare payment rates for periods under HHPPS are determined through use of a case-mix classification system, the Patient-Driven Groupings Model (“PDGM”), which assigns patients to resource groups based on a patient’s clinical characteristics. The Company elects to use the same 30-day periods that Medicare recognizes as standard but accelerates revenue upon discharge to align with a patient’s episode length if less than the expected 30 days, which depicts the transfer of services and related benefits received by the patient over the term of the contract necessary to satisfy the obligations. The Company recognizes revenue based on the number of days elapsed during a period of care within the reporting period. The Company satisfies its performance obligations as consumers receive and consume the benefits provided by the Company as the services are performed. As the Company has a right to consideration from Medicare commensurate with the services provided to customers from the performance completed over a given episodic period, the Company has elected to use the practical expedient for measuring progress toward satisfaction of performance obligations. Under this method recognizing revenue ratably over the episode based on beginning and ending dates is a reasonable proxy for the transfer of benefit of the service. F-10 Table of Contents Accounts Receivable and Allowances Accounts receivable is reduced to the amount expected to be collected in future periods for services rendered to customers prior to the balance sheet date. Management estimates the value of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions, based upon historical experience and other factors, including an aging of accounts receivable, evaluation of expected adjustments, past adjustments and collection experience in relation to amounts billed, current contract and reimbursement terms, shifts in payors and other relevant information. Collection of net service revenues the Company expects to receive is normally a function of providing complete and correct billing information to the payors within the various filing deadlines. The evaluation of these historical and other factors involves complex, subjective judgments impacting the determination of the implicit price concession assumption. In addition, the Company compares its cash collections to recorded net service revenues and evaluates its historical allowance, including implicit price concessions, based upon the ultimate resolution of the accounts receivable balance. Subsequent adjustments to accounts receivable determined to be the result of an adverse change in the payor’s ability to pay are recognized as provision for doubtful accounts. The majority of what historically was classified as provision for doubtful accounts under operating expenses is now treated as an implicit price concession factored into the determination of net service revenues discussed above. Our collection procedures include review of account aging and direct contact with our payors. We have historically not used collection agencies. An uncollectible amount is written off to the allowance account after reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the allowance for doubtful accounts balance was $1.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, which is included in accounts receivable, net of allowances on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (in thousands): Allowance for doubtful accounts Year ended December 31, 2021 Allowance for doubtful accounts Year ended December 31, 2020 Allowance for doubtful accounts Year ended December 31, 2019 Allowance for doubtful accounts (1) Write-offs, net of recoveries Property and Equipment Balance at beginning of period Additions/ charges Deductions (1) Balance at end of period $ $ $ 973 962 945 962 918 343 502 $ 1,433 907 $ 326 $ 973 962 Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets by use of the straight-line method. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The estimated useful lives of the property and equipment are as follows: Computer equipment Furniture and equipment Transportation equipment Computer software Leasehold improvements Leases 3-5 years 5-7 years 5 years 3-10 years Lesser of useful life or lease term The Company recognizes a lease liability and a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset for all leases, including operating leases, with a term greater than twelve months on the balance sheet. We have historically entered into operating leases for local branches, our corporate headquarters and certain equipment. The Company’s current leases have expiration dates through 2031. Certain of our arrangements have free rent periods and/or escalating rent payment provisions. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Certain of the Company’s leases include termination options and renewal options for periods ranging from one to five years. Renewal options generally are not considered in determining the lease term, and payments associated with the option years are excluded from lease payments unless we are reasonably certain to exercise the renewal option. The operating lease liabilities are calculated using the present value of lease payments. If available, we use the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to present value; however, most of our leases do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, we must estimate our incremental borrowing rate to discount the lease payments based on information available at lease commencement. F-11 Table of Contents Operating lease assets are valued based on the initial operating lease liabilities plus any prepaid rent, reduced by tenant improvement allowances. Operating lease assets are tested for impairment in the same manner as our long-lived assets. For the year ended December 31, 2021 or 2019, the Company did not record material impairment charges on operating lease assets. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company sublet certain support center office space and incurred an impairment charge of approximately $1.0 million in operating lease assets, included within general and administrative expenses. See Note 2 for additional information related to leases. Goodwill and Intangible Assets Under business combination accounting, assets and liabilities are generally recognized at their fair values and the difference between the consideration transferred, excluding transaction costs, and the fair values of the assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill. The Company’s significant identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names and trademarks and state licenses. The Company uses various valuation techniques to determine initial fair value of its intangible assets, including relief-from-royalty, income approach, discounted cash flow analysis, and multi-period excess earnings, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future market growth and trends, forecasted revenue and costs, expected periods over which the assets will be utilized, appropriate discount rates and other variables. The Company estimates the fair values of the trade names using the relief- from-royalty method, which requires assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the relief from royalty rate for such revenue, the tax rate and the discount rate. The Company estimates the fair value of existing indefinite-lived state licenses based on a blended approach of the replacement cost method and cost savings method, which involves estimating the total process costs and opportunity costs to obtain a license, by estimating future earnings before interest and taxes and applying an estimated discount rate, tax rate and time to obtain the license. The Company estimates the fair value of existing finite-lived state licenses based on a method of analyzing the definite revenue streams with the license and without the license, which involves estimating revenues and expenses, estimated time to build up to a current revenue base, which is market specific, and the non-licensed revenue allocation, revenue growth rates, discount rate and tax amortization benefits. The Company estimates the fair value of customer and referral relationships based on a multi-period excess earnings method, which involves identifying revenue streams associated with the assets, estimating the attrition rates based upon historical financial data, expenses and cash flows associated with the assets, contributory asset charges, rates of return for specific assets, growth rates, discount rate and tax amortization benefits. The Company estimates the fair value of non-competition agreements based on a method of analyzing the factors to compete and factors not to compete, which involves estimating historical financial data, forecasted financial statements, growth rates, tax amortization benefit, discount rate, review of factors to compete and factors not to compete as well as an assessment of the probability of successful competition for each non-competition agreement. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, goodwill was $504.4 million and $469.1 million, respectively, included on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s carrying value of goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired from various acquisitions. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. The Company may elect to use a qualitative test to determine whether impairment has occurred, focused on various factors including macroeconomic conditions, market trends, specific reporting unit financial performance and other entity specific events, to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company may also bypass the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative test. Additionally, it is the Company’s policy to update the fair value calculation of our reporting units and perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test on a periodic basis. The quantitative goodwill impairment test involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then goodwill is not impaired. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then goodwill is impaired to the extent of the difference. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company performed the quantitative analysis to evaluate whether an impairment occurred. Since quoted market prices for our reporting units are not available, the Company relies on widely accepted valuation techniques to determine fair value, including discounted cash flow and market multiple approaches, which capture both the future income potential of the reporting unit and the market behaviors and actions of market participants in the industry that includes the reporting unit. These types of models require us to make assumptions and estimates regarding future cash flows, industry-specific economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. The discounted cash flow model uses a projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. The market multiple model estimates fair value based on market multiples of earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization. Under the discounted cash flow model, the projection uses management’s best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period for each reporting unit using significant assumptions such as revenue growth rates and the weighted-average cost of capital. Based on the totality of the information available, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair values of our reporting units were greater than their carrying values. Consequently, the Company concluded that there were no F-12 Table of Contents impairments for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019. For the fiscal year 2021 impairment tests, the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values (commonly referred to as “headroom”) by at least 100% in the personal care and home health reporting units, and by 20% in the hospice reporting unit. The headroom percentage for the hospice reporting unit decreased as compared to the prior year primarily due to prior acquisitions increasing the carrying value combined with a decline in estimates to average daily census and an increase in estimates for labor costs both driven by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in lower discounted cash flows compared to 2020. We performed a sensitivity analysis on this reporting unit and determined that a more than 1.5% increase to the weighted- average cost of capital, the most sensitive assumption used in the estimate, would result in the fair value being lower than the carrying value. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions management believes to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, was $64.3 million and $71.5 million, respectively, included on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names, trademarks, state licenses and non-competition agreements. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized using straight-line and accelerated methods based upon the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from one to twenty-five years, and assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Customer and referral relationships are amortized systematically over the periods of expected economic benefit, which range from five to ten years. The Company would recognize an impairment loss when the estimated future non-discounted cash flows associated with the intangible asset are less than the carrying value. An impairment charge would then be recorded for the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The Company estimates the fair value of these intangible assets using the income approach. In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. We test intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. No impairment charge was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019. Amortization of intangible assets is reported in the statement of income caption, “Depreciation and amortization” and not included in the income statement caption cost of service revenues. Debt Issuance Costs The Company amortizes debt issuance costs on a straight-line method over the term of the related debt. This method approximates the effective interest method. In accordance with ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, the Company has classified the debt issuance costs as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related liability. Workers’ Compensation Program The Company’s workers’ compensation insurance program has a $0.4 million deductible component. The Company recognizes its obligations associated with this program in the period the claim is incurred. The cost of both the claims reported and claims incurred but not reported, up to the deductible, have been accrued based on historical claims experience, industry statistics and an actuarial analysis. The future claims payments related to the workers’ compensation program are secured by letters of credit. These letters of credit totaled $8.2 million and $9.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company monitors its claims quarterly and adjusts its reserves as necessary in the current period. These costs are recorded primarily as the cost of services on the Consolidated Statements of Income. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded $13.0 million and $13.8 million, respectively, in accrued workers’ compensation insurance on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded $1.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively, in workers’ compensation insurance receivables. The workers’ compensation insurance receivable is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest Expense Interest expense is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income when incurred and consists of interest and unused credit line fees on the credit facility. Income Tax Expense The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. The objective of accounting for income taxes is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in its financial statements or tax returns. Deferred taxes, resulting from differences between the financial and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities, are also adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. ASC Topic 740 also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. ASC Topic 740 also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. In addition, ASC Topic 740 provides guidance on derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods F-13 Table of Contents and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to uncertain tax positions in interest expense and penalties within operating expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Uncertain tax positions are immaterial for all periods presented. Stock-based Compensation The Company currently has one stock incentive plan, the 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), under which new grants of stock-based employee compensation are made. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis under the 2017 Plan over the vesting period of the equity awards based on the grant date fair value of the options and restricted stock awards. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to value the Company’s options. Forfeitures are recognized when they occur. Stock-based compensation expense was $9.4 million, $6.0 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, included within general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Diluted Net Income Per Common Share Diluted net income per common share, calculated on the treasury stock method, is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The Company’s outstanding securities that may potentially dilute the common stock are stock options and restricted stock awards. Included in the Company’s calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021 were approximately 493,000 stock options outstanding, of which approximately 282,000 were dilutive. In addition, there were approximately 159,000 restricted stock awards outstanding, of which approximately 44,000 were dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2021. Included in the Company’s calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2020 were approximately 506,000 stock options outstanding, of which approximately 304,000 were dilutive. In addition, there were approximately 154,000 restricted stock awards outstanding, of which approximately 57,000 were dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2020. Included in the Company’s calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2019 were approximately 648,000 stock options outstanding, of which approximately 346,000 were dilutive. In addition, there were approximately 149,000 restricted stock awards outstanding, of which approximately 86,000 were dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2019. Estimates The financial statements are prepared by management in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and include estimated amounts and certain disclosures based on assumptions about future events. The Company’s critical accounting estimates include the following areas: revenue recognition, goodwill and intangibles and business combinations and when required, the quantitative assessment of goodwill. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Fair Value Measurements The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, payables and debt. The carrying amounts reported on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt with variable interest rates approximates fair value based on instruments with similar terms using level 2 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. The Company applies fair value techniques on a non-recurring basis associated with valuing potential impairment losses related to goodwill, if required, and indefinite-lived intangible assets and also when determining the fair value of contingent consideration, if applicable. To determine the fair value in these situations, the Company uses Level 3 inputs, under ASC Topic 820 and defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists; therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as discounted cash flows, or if available, what a market participant would pay on the measurement date. The Company uses various valuation techniques to determine fair value of its intangible assets, including relief-from-royalty, income approach, discounted cash flow analysis, and multi-period excess earnings, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future market growth and trends, forecasted revenue and costs, expected periods over which the assets will be utilized, appropriate discount rates and other variables. F-14 Table of Contents Going Concern In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company conducted an evaluation as to whether there were conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, which raised substantial doubt as to the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date of the issuance, or the date of availability, of the financial statements to be issued. The evaluation concluded that cash flows are sufficient for the next year and there did not appear to be evidence of substantial doubt of the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. ASU 2019-12 simplifies various aspects related to accounting for income taxes and removes certain exceptions to the general guidance in ASC 740. In addition, the ASU clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application of its requirements. The ASU was adopted as of January 1, 2021 and did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance. ASU 2021-10 requires entities to disclose certain information about the nature of certain governmental assistance received, including the nature of the transaction and the related accounting policy, the financial statement line items impacted by the assistance, as well as the significant terms and conditions of the transactions. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The adoption on 2021-10 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity. In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. ASU 2020-04 provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships, and other transactions subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. Therefore, it will be in effect for a limited time through December 31, 2022. The ASU can be adopted no later than December 1, 2022 with early adoption permitted. On July 30, 2021, the Company entered into a Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement as discussed further in Note 8. The Credit Agreement contains hardwired fallback language that contemplates a transition from LIBOR, specifically identifies the secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) as the replacement reference rate and details the mechanism for transition at LIBOR cessation, which is anticipated to occur on June 30, 2023. The transition to SOFR is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity. 2. Leases Amounts reported on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets for operating leases were as follows: Operating lease assets, net Short-term operating lease liabilities (in accrued expenses) Long-term operating lease liabilities Total operating lease liabilities F-15 December 31, 2021 2020 (Amounts in Thousands) $ $ 36,048 $ 9,774 32,859 42,633 $ 37,991 9,283 35,516 44,799 Table of Contents Lease Costs Components of lease costs were reported in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income as follows: Operating lease costs Short-term lease costs Total lease costs Less: sublease income Total lease costs, net For the Years Ended December 31, (Amounts in Thousands) 2021 2020 2019 $ $ 11,150 $ 739 11,889 (679) 11,210 $ 9,197 $ 761 9,958 (323) 9,635 $ 7,219 585 7,804 (312) 7,492 Lease Term and Discount Rate Weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates were as follows: Operating leases: Weighted average remaining lease term Weighted average discount rate Maturity of Lease Liabilities Remaining operating lease payments as of December 31, 2021 were as follows: 2021 December 31, 2020 2019 6.39 3.91% 6.97 4.18% 3.42 5.14% Due in 12-month period ended December 31, 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total future minimum rental commitments Less: Imputed interest Total lease liabilities Supplemental cash flows information Operating Leases (Amounts in Thousands) $ $ 11,040 9,245 7,104 4,028 3,423 13,618 48,458 (5,825) 42,633 Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows from operating leases Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations: Operating leases 3. Public Offering For the Years Ended December 31, (Amounts in Thousands) 2020 2021 2019 $ $ 11,288 $ 8,769 $ 7,574 7,705 $ 25,807 $ 10,299 On September 9, 2019, the Company completed a public offering of an aggregate 2,300,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, including 300,000 shares of common stock sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares at a public offering price of $79.50 per share (the “Public Offering”). The Company received net proceeds of approximately $172.9 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses of approximately $9.9 F-16 Table of Contents million. The Company used approximately $130.0 million from the net proceeds of the Public Offering to fund the purchase price for the Company’s acquisition of Hospice Partners of America, LLC (“Hospice Partners”), on October 1, 2019 and used the remaining net proceeds of the Public Offering for general corporate purposes, and to fund, in part, 2020 acquisitions. The Public Offering resulted in an increase to additional paid in capital of approximately $172.9 million on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2019. 4. Acquisitions The Company’s acquisitions have been accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, and the resulting goodwill and other intangible assets were accounted for under ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Under business combination accounting, the assets and liabilities are generally recognized at their fair values and the difference between the consideration transferred, excluding transaction costs, and the fair values of the assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill. The results of each business acquisition are included on the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of the acquisition. Management’s assessment of qualitative factors affecting goodwill for each acquisition includes estimates of market share at the date of purchase, ability to grow in the market, synergy with existing Company operations and the payor profile in the markets. Armada Skilled Homecare On August 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Armada Skilled Homecare of New Mexico LLC, Armada Hospice of New Mexico LLC and Armada Hospice of Santa Fe LLC (collectively, “Armada”) for approximately $29.8 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by Armada at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $0.7 million). The purchase of Armada was funded with the Company’s revolving credit facility. With the purchase of Armada, the Company expanded its home health and hospice services in the state of New Mexico. The related acquisition and integration costs were $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021. These costs were included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed as incurred. Based upon management’s valuations, which are preliminary and subject to completion of working capital adjustments, the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are as follows: Goodwill Identifiable intangible assets Cash Property and equipment Other assets Accounts payable Accrued payroll Total purchase price Total (Amounts in Thousands) 28,438 990 674 40 29 (21) (359) 29,791 $ $ Identifiable intangible assets acquired included $0.6 million of non-competition agreements with estimated useful lives of five years and $0.4 million of indefinite lived state licenses. The preliminary estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes. The Armada acquisition accounted for $4.0 million of net service revenues and $1.3 million of operating income for the year ended December 31, 2021. Queen City Hospice On December 4, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Queen City Hospice, LLC and its affiliate Miracle City Hospice, LLC (together “Queen City Hospice”). The purchase price was approximately $194.8 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by Queen City Hospice at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $15.4 million). The purchase of Queen City Hospice was funded with the Company’s revolving credit facility and available cash. With the purchase of Queen City Hospice, the Company expanded its hospice services in the state of Ohio. The related acquisition costs were $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2021, integration costs were $2.2 million. These costs were included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed as incurred. F-17 Table of Contents Based upon management’s final valuations of the assets and liabilities are as follows: Goodwill Identifiable intangible assets Cash Accounts receivable Property and equipment Operating lease assets, net Other assets Accounts payable Accrued payroll Accrued expenses Government stimulus advances Long-term operating lease liabilities Total purchase price Total (Amounts in Thousands) 169,338 20,015 15,444 5,915 759 3,028 85 (2,285) (1,555) (528) (12,694) (2,765) 194,757 $ $ Identifiable intangible assets acquired included $11.0 million in trade names, $1.5 million of non-competition agreements with estimated useful lives of fifteen years and five years, respectively, and $7.5 million of indefinite lived state licenses. The estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes. County Homemakers On November 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of County Homemakers. The purchase price was approximately $15.8 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by County Homemakers at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $1.1 million). The purchase of County Homemakers was funded with the Company’s available cash. With the purchase of County Homemakers, the Company expanded its personal care services in the state of Pennsylvania. The related integration and acquisition costs were $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. These costs were included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed as incurred. Based upon management’s final valuations of the assets and liabilities are as follows: Goodwill Identifiable intangible assets Cash Accounts receivable Property and equipment Operating lease assets, net Other assets Accounts payable Accrued payroll Accrued expenses Long-term operating lease liabilities Total purchase price Total (Amounts in Thousands) 13,502 474 1,104 1,357 52 485 40 (85) (586) (37) (485) 15,821 $ $ Identifiable intangible assets acquired included approximately $0.3 million in state licenses and $0.1 million in trade names with estimated useful lives of eight years and one year, respectively. The estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes. F-18 Table of Contents A Plus Health Care On July 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of A Plus Health Care, Inc. (“A Plus”). The purchase price was approximately $14.5 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by A Plus at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $2.8 million). The purchase of A Plus was funded with the Company’s available cash. With the purchase of A Plus, the Company expanded its personal care services in the state of Montana. The related acquisition and integration costs were $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020. These costs were included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed as incurred. Based upon management’s final valuations of the assets and liabilities are as follows: Goodwill Identifiable intangible assets Cash Accounts receivable Operating lease assets, net Other assets Accounts payable Accrued payroll Accrued expenses Long-term operating lease liabilities Total purchase price Total (Amounts in Thousands) 9,732 1,523 2,819 1,009 180 26 (34) (275) (353) (100) 14,527 $ $ Identifiable intangible assets acquired included $1.4 million in trade names with an estimated useful life of fifteen years. The estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes. Hospice Partners On October 1, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of the assets of Hospice Partners of America, LLC (“Hospice Partners”). The purchase price was approximately $135.6 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by Hospice Partners at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $5.5 million). The purchase of Hospice Partners was funded through a portion of the net proceeds of our public offering of an aggregate 2,300,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, including 300,000 shares of common stock sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares at a public offering price of $79.50 per share, which the Company completed on September 9, 2019 (the “Public Offering”). With the purchase of Hospice Partners, we expanded our hospice operations through 21 locations in Idaho, Kansas, Missouri, Oregon, Texas and Virginia. The related acquisition costs were $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, integration costs were $1.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively. These costs were included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed as incurred. F-19 Table of Contents Based upon management’s final valuations, the fair values of the assets and liabilities are as follows: Goodwill Identifiable intangible assets Cash Accounts receivable Property and equipment Operating lease assets, net Other assets Accounts payable Accrued payroll Accrued expenses Deferred tax liability Long-term operating lease liabilities Total purchase price Total (Amounts in Thousands) 111,806 18,090 5,489 6,411 164 2,425 702 (1,737) (1,110) (3,635) (1,422) (1,615) 135,568 $ $ Identifiable intangible assets acquired consist of $9.5 million in trade names with estimated useful lives of fifteen years, $2.5 million in non- competition agreements with estimated useful lives of three to five years and $6.1 million of indefinite lived state licenses. The estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes. Alliance Home Health Care On August 1, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the assets of Alliance Home Health Care (“Alliance”). The purchase price was approximately $23.5 million. The purchase of Alliance was funded through the Company’s revolving credit facility and available cash. With the purchase of Alliance, the Company expanded its personal care, home health and hospice operations in the state of New Mexico. The related acquisition costs were $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, integration costs were $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively. These costs were included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed as incurred. Based upon management’s final valuations, the fair values of the assets and liabilities are as follows: Goodwill Identifiable intangible assets Cash Accounts receivable Accounts payable Other liabilities Total purchase price Total (Amounts in Thousands) 17,062 5,422 177 1,754 (316) (641) 23,458 $ $ Identifiable intangible assets acquired consist of $1.1 million in state licenses, subject to amortization, with an estimated useful life of ten years and $4.3 million of indefinite lived state licenses. The estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes. VIP Health Care Services On June 1, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the assets of VIP Health Care Services (“VIP”). The purchase price was approximately $29.9 million. The purchase of VIP was funded through a combination of the Company’s delayed draw term loan portion of its credit facility and available cash. With the purchase of VIP, the Company expanded its personal care operations in F-20 Table of Contents the state of New York and into the New York City metropolitan area. The related acquisition costs and integration costs were $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019. These costs were included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed as incurred. Based upon management’s final valuations, the fair values of the assets and liabilities are as follows: Goodwill Identifiable intangible assets Cash Accounts receivable Operating lease assets, net Other assets Property and equipment Accounts payable Accrued payroll Accrued expenses Long-term operating lease liabilities Total purchase price Total (Amounts in Thousands) 11,936 15,370 130 4,730 2,278 30 27 (540) (1,742) (770) (1,531) 29,918 $ $ Identifiable intangible assets acquired consist of $10.7 million in state licenses, subject to amortization, and $4.7 million in customer relationships, with estimated useful lives of six and eight years, respectively. The estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes. Other Acquisitions On October 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Summit Home Health, LLC (“Summit”) for approximately $8.1 million, with funding provided by available cash. With the purchase of Summit, we added clinical services to our home health segment in Illinois and recorded goodwill of $6.5 million. On December 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of SunLife Home Care (“SunLife”) for approximately $1.7 million and recorded goodwill of $1.6 million. With the purchase of SunLife Home Care, we expanded our personal care services in the state of Arizona. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the following table contains unaudited pro forma Consolidated Income Statement information of the Company as if the acquisition of Armada closed on January 1, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the following table contains unaudited pro forma Consolidated Income Statement information of the Company as if each of the acquisitions of Queen City Hospice, A Plus and County Homemakers closed on January 1, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the following table contains unaudited pro forma Consolidated Income Statement information of the Company as if each of the acquisitions of Hospice Partners, Alliance and VIP closed on January 1, 2018. Net service revenues Operating income from continuing operations Net income from continuing operations Net income per common share from continuing operations Basic income per share Diluted income per share For the Years Ended December 31, (Amounts in Thousands, Unaudited) 2020 2019 2021 $ $ $ $ 877,550 67,635 46,542 2.96 2.90 $ $ $ 831,290 45,555 34,564 2.22 2.17 $ $ 726,727 46,571 35,748 2.59 2.51 The pro forma disclosures in the table above include adjustments for amortization of intangible assets, tax expense and acquisition costs to reflect results that are more representative of the combined results of the transactions. This pro forma information is presented for illustrative purposes only and may not be indicative of the results of operations that would have actually occurred. In addition, future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the pro forma information. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not reflect the impact of future events that may occur after the acquisition, such as anticipated cost savings from operating synergies. F-21 Table of Contents 5. Property and Equipment Property and equipment consisted of the following: Computer software Computer equipment Leasehold improvements Furniture and equipment Transportation equipment Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization December 31, 2021 2020 (Amounts in Thousands) $ $ 13,541 $ 10,313 9,712 5,220 194 38,980 (20,497) 18,483 $ 11,881 8,135 9,402 5,097 199 34,714 (14,965) 19,749 Computer software includes $1.5 million and $1.7 million of internally developed software for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $5.9 million, $5.0 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets A summary of goodwill and related adjustments is provided below: Hospice Personal Care Home Health Total Goodwill Goodwill at December 31, 2019 Additions for acquisitions Divestiture Adjustments to previously recorded goodwill Goodwill at December 31, 2020 Additions for acquisitions Adjustments to previously recorded goodwill Goodwill at December 31, 2021 $ $ 146,983 169,207 $ (1,167) (190) 314,833 13,370 131 328,334 $ $ (Amounts In Thousands) 126,577 24,660 — 1,211 152,448 115 125 152,688 $ $ 1,808 — — (17) 1,791 21,579 — 23,370 $ 275,368 193,867 (1,167) 1,004 469,072 35,064 256 504,392 In connection with the acquisition of Armada, the Company recognized goodwill in its hospice and home health segments of $13.4 million and $15.0 million, respectively, and $6.5 million with the acquisition of Summit in our home health segment in 2021. In 2020, the Company recognized goodwill in the hospice segment of $169.2 million related to the acquisition of Queen City Hospice. Additionally, in connection with the acquisitions of County Homemakers, A Plus and SunLife for the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized goodwill of approximately $24.7 million in the personal care segment. In 2020, the Company divested certain branches and their related net assets including $1.2 million of related goodwill. The Company recognized a $0.3 million loss on the disposition, reflected in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2020. Goodwill adjustments to previously recorded goodwill are generally related to accounts receivable and accrued expenses based on the final valuations. See Note 4 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the acquisitions made by the Company in 2020 and 2021. The Company’s identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names and trademarks, non-competition agreements and state licenses. Amortization is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods based upon the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from one to twenty-five years. Customer and referral relationships are amortized systematically over the periods of expected economic benefit, which range from five to ten years. Goodwill and certain state licenses are not amortized pursuant to ASC Topic 350. We test intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. The Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit using both a discounted cash flow model as well as a market multiple model. The cash flow forecasts are adjusted by an appropriate discount rate based on the Company’s estimate of a market F-22 Table of Contents participant’s weighted-average cost of capital. These models are both based on the Company’s best estimate of future revenues and operating costs and are reconciled to the Company’s consolidated market capitalization, with consideration of the amount a potential acquirer would be required to pay, in the form of a control premium. The determination of fair value in the Company’s goodwill impairment analysis is based on an estimate of fair value for each reporting unit utilizing known and estimated inputs at the evaluation date. Some of those inputs include, but are not limited to, the most recent price of the Company’s common stock and fair value of long term debt, estimates of future revenue and expense growth, estimated market multiples, expected capital expenditures, income tax rates and cost of invested capital. Significant assumptions used in the analysis included an 8.5% discount rate and long-term revenue growth rates that ranged from 3.0% to 5.0%. For the fiscal year 2021 impairment test, the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values (commonly referred to as “headroom”) by at least 100% in the personal care and home health segments, and by 20% in the hospice segment. The Company did not record any impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019. The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of each identifiable intangible asset category consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 and 2020: Intangible assets with indefinite lives Intangible assets subject to amortization: Gross carrying amount Accumulated amortization Intangible assets subject to amortization, net Net balance at December 31, 2021 Intangible assets with indefinite lives Intangible assets subject to amortization: Gross carrying amount Accumulated amortization Intangible assets subject to amortization, net Net balance at December 31, 2020 Customer and referral relationships Trade names and trademarks Non- competition agreements (Amounts in Thousands) State Licenses Total $ — $ — $ — $ 21,124 $ 21,124 44,672 (36,342) 8,330 8,330 $ 42,926 (18,494) 24,432 24,432 $ 6,785 (3,831) 2,954 2,954 $ 12,508 (5,027) 7,481 28,605 $ 106,891 (63,694) 43,197 64,321 — $ — $ — $ 20,791 $ 20,791 44,672 (34,439) 10,233 10,233 $ 42,926 (15,191) 27,735 27,735 $ 6,225 (2,887) 3,338 3,338 $ 12,507 (3,055) 9,452 30,243 $ 106,330 (55,572) 50,758 71,549 $ $ $ During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company acquired indefinite lived state licenses and non-competition agreements of $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, related to the acquisition of Armada. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company acquired (i) indefinite lived state licenses, trade names and non-competition agreements of $7.5 million, $11.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, related to the acquisition of Queen City Hospice, (ii) state licenses, subject to amortization of $0.3 million and $0.1 million in trade names related to the acquisition of County Homemakers, and (iii) a trade name of $1.4 million related to the acquisition of A Plus. Amortization expense related to the identifiable intangible assets amounted to $8.5 million, $7.1 million and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The weighted average remaining useful lives of identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2021 is 9.3 years. The estimated future intangible amortization expense is as follows: For the year ended December 31, 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total, intangible assets subject to amortization F-23 Total (Amount in Thousands) 6,660 6,176 5,933 4,310 3,686 16,432 43,197 $ $ Table of Contents 7. Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following: Income tax receivable Prepaid payroll taxes Prepaid workers’ compensation and liability insurance Workers’ compensation insurance receivable Other Total prepaid expenses and other current assets Accrued expenses consisted of the following: Current portion of operating lease liabilities Payor advances (1) Accrued health insurance Accrued professional fees Accrued payroll taxes Other Total accrued expenses December 31, 2021 2020 (Amounts in Thousands) 7,556 $ 3,681 3,206 1,559 2,489 18,491 $ December 31, 2021 2020 (Amounts in Thousands) 9,774 6,485 5,200 2,978 1,872 10,768 37,077 $ $ — 3,093 2,838 1,860 2,178 9,969 9,283 4,206 5,607 4,220 4,543 9,705 37,564 $ $ $ $ (1) Represents the deferred portion of payments received from payors for COVID-19 reimbursements which will be recognized as we incur specific COVID-19 related expenses (including expenses related to securing and maintaining adequate personnel) or will be returned to the extent such related expenses are not incurred. Government stimulus advances consisted of the following: Provider Relief Fund CMS advanced payment program — Queen City Hospice Payroll tax deferral Provider Relief Fund — Queen City Hospice Total government stimulus advances December 31, 2021 2020 (Amounts in Thousands) — — 4,173 — 4,173 $ $ 12,252 10,801 7,141 1,893 32,087 $ $ In recognition of the significant threat to the liquidity of financial markets posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve and Congress have taken dramatic actions to provide liquidity to businesses and the banking system in the United States. One of the primary sources of relief for healthcare providers is the CARES Act, which was expanded by the PPPHCE Act, and the CAA. The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARPA”), another relief package with numerous provisions that affect healthcare providers, was signed into law in March 2021. See Note 12 for additional information regarding government actions to mitigate COVID-19’s impact. Provider Relief Funds In total, the CARES Act and other relief legislation include over $186 billion in funding to be distributed through the Provider Relief Fund to eligible providers, including public entities and Medicare- and/or Medicaid-enrolled providers. In November 2020, the Company received grants in an aggregate principal amount of $13.7 million from the Provider Relief Fund, for which we had previously applied. The Company utilized $12.3 million and $1.4 million of these funds during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, for healthcare related expenses, including retention payments, attributable to COVID-19 that were unreimbursed by other sources. The Company is required to properly and fully document the use of such funds in reports to HHS, which must be submitted no later than March 31, 2022. Queen City Hospice administered retention payments totaling $1.9 million to caregivers for the year ended December 31, 2021, which we believed to be necessary to secure and maintain adequate personnel. Commercial organizations that receive and expend annual total awards of $750,000 or more in federal funding, including payments received through the Provider Relief Fund, are subject to federal audit requirements. F-24 Table of Contents Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program – Queen City Hospice The CARES Act expanded the Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program to increase cash flow to providers impacted by the COVID- 19 pandemic. Hospice and home health providers were able to request an advance or accelerated payment of up to 100% of the Medicare payment amount for a three-month period (not including Medicare Advantage payments). The Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program payments are a loan that providers must repay. In April 2020, Queen City Hospice received an amount equal to $10.8 million pursuant to the Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program. Queen City Hospice did not repay the funds prior to the completion of our acquisition of Queen City Hospice. However, Queen City Hospice repaid such funds following its acquisition in March 2021, prior to any Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) recoupment and before any interest accrual. Payroll tax deferral The CARES Act also provides for certain federal income and other tax changes, including the deferral of the employer portion of Social Security payroll taxes through December 31, 2021. The payroll tax deferral requires that the deferred payroll taxes be paid over two years, with half of the eligible deferred amount required to be paid by December 31, 2021 and the other half by December 31, 2022. The Company received a cash benefit of approximately $7.1 million related to the deferral of employer payroll taxes for 2020 under the CARES Act, for the period April 2, 2020 through June 30, 2020. Effective July 1, 2020, the Company began paying its deferred portion of employer Social Security payroll taxes and repaid $3.0 million of the $7.1 million in 2021. 8. Long-Term Debt Long-term debt consisted of the following: Revolving loan under the credit facility Term loan under the credit facility Less unamortized issuance costs Total Less current maturities Long-term debt $ $ December 31, 2021 2020 $ (Amounts in Thousands) 224,853 — (3,941) 220,912 — 220,912 $ 178,458 18,130 (1,716) 194,872 (971) 193,901 Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facility On October 31, 2018, the Company entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2018, with certain lenders and Capital One, National Association, as a lender and as agent for all lenders (as amended by the Amendment (as hereinafter defined) and the Second Amendment (as hereinafter defined), the “Credit Agreement”). This credit facility totaled $269.6 million, inclusive of a $250.0 million revolving loan and a $19.6 million delayed draw term loan, and is evidenced by the Credit Agreement. This credit facility amended and restated the Company’s existing senior secured credit facility totaling $250.0 million. As used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, “credit facility” shall mean the credit facility evidenced by the Credit Agreement. The maturity of this credit facility is May 8, 2023. Interest on the Company’s credit facility may be payable at (x) the sum of (i) an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.50% based on the applicable senior net leverage ratio plus (ii) a base rate equal to the greatest of (a) the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate,” (b) the sum of the federal funds rate plus a margin of 0.50% and (c) the sum of the adjusted LIBOR that would be applicable to a loan with an interest period of one month advanced on the applicable day (not to be less than 0.00%) plus a margin of 1.00% or (y) the sum of (i) an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.50% based on the applicable senior net leverage ratio plus (ii) the offered rate per annum for similar dollar deposits for the applicable interest period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (not to be less than zero). Swing loans may not be LIBOR loans. The availability of additional draws under this credit facility is conditioned, among other things, upon (after giving effect to such draws) the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) not exceeding 3.75:1.00. In certain circumstances, in connection with a Material Acquisition (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Company can elect to increase its Total Net Leverage Ratio compliance covenant to 4.25:1.00 for the then current fiscal quarter and the three succeeding fiscal quarters. F-25 Table of Contents Addus HealthCare, Inc. (“Addus HealthCare”) is the borrower, and its parent, Holdings, and substantially all of Holdings’ subsidiaries are guarantors under this credit facility, and it is collateralized by a first priority security interest in all of the Company’s and the other credit parties’ current and future tangible and intangible assets, including the shares of stock of the borrower and subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on the Company with respect to liens, indebtedness, guaranties, investments, distributions, mergers and acquisitions and dispositions of assets. The Company pays a fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35% based on the applicable senior net leverage ratio times the unused portion of the revolving loan portion of the credit facility. The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants regarding, among other things, the maintenance of records, compliance with laws, maintenance of permits, maintenance of insurance and property and payment of taxes. The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary financial covenants and negative covenants that, among other things, include a requirement to maintain a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement), a requirement to stay below a maximum Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and a requirement to stay below a maximum permitted amount of capital expenditures. The Credit Agreement also contains restrictions on guarantees, indebtedness, liens, investments and loans, subject to customary carve outs, a restriction on dividends (provided that Addus HealthCare may make distributions to the Company in an amount that does not exceed $7.5 million in any year absent of an event of default, plus limited exceptions for tax and administrative distributions), a restriction on the ability to consummate acquisitions (without the consent of the lenders) under its credit facility subject to compliance with the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) thresholds, restrictions on mergers, dispositions of assets, and affiliate transactions, and restrictions on fundamental changes and lines of business. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. On September 12, 2019, the Company entered into a First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The First Amendment increased the Company’s credit facility by $50.0 million in incremental revolving loans, for an aggregate $300.0 million in revolving loans. The First Amendment provides that future incremental loans may be for term loans or an increase to the revolving loan commitments. The First Amendment further provides that the proceeds of such $50.0 million incremental revolving loans may be used for, among other things, general corporate purposes. On July 30, 2021, the Company entered into the Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The Second Amendment, among other things, reallocated and refinanced $17.4 million of the Company’s outstanding initial term loans as revolving loans (such that the Company has no outstanding initial term loans and no further initial term loans may be borrowed) and increased the Company’s revolving credit facility to an aggregate amount of $600.0 million. Moreover, the Second Amendment increased the Company’s incremental loan facility to an aggregate amount of $125.0 million, which incremental loan facility may be for term loans or an increase to the revolving loan commitments. The maturity of the revolving credit facility was also extended from May 8, 2023 to July 30, 2026. Additionally, the Credit Agreement contains hardwired fallback language that contemplates a transition from LIBOR and specifically it identifies SOFR as the replacement reference rate and details the mechanism for transition at LIBOR cessation, which is anticipated to occur on June 30, 2023. The transition to SOFR is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity. In connection with the Second Amendment, we incurred approximately $3.0 million of debt issuance costs. The Company drew approximately $29.0 million under its credit facility to fund the acquisition of Armada on August 1, 2021. At December 31, 2021, the Company had a total of $224.9 million of revolving loans, with an interest rate of 2.10%, outstanding on its credit facility. After giving effect to the amount drawn on its credit facility, approximately $8.2 million of outstanding letters of credit and borrowing limits based on an advance multiple of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Company had $376.6 million of capacity and $143.6 million available for borrowing under its credit facility. The Company drew approximately $135.0 million on the revolver portion of its credit facility to fund, in part, the acquisition of Queen City Hospice on December 4, 2020. At December 31, 2020, the Company had a total of $178.5 million of revolving loans, with an interest rate of 1.90%, and $18.1 million of term loans, with an interest rate of 1.90%, outstanding on its credit facility. After giving effect to the amount drawn on its credit facility, approximately $9.0 million of outstanding letters of credit and borrowing limits based on an advance multiple of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Company had $112.6 million available for borrowing under its credit facility. F-26 Table of Contents 9. Income Taxes The current and deferred federal and state income tax provision from continuing operations, are comprised of the following: Current Federal State Deferred Federal State Provision for income taxes For the Years Ended December 31, (Amounts in Thousands) 2020 2019 2021 $ $ 4,603 $ 2,398 6,407 1,864 15,272 $ 10,230 $ 3,312 (3,690) (1,043) 8,809 $ 5,876 2,442 (734) (225) 7,359 The tax effects of certain temporary differences between the Company’s book and tax bases of assets and liabilities give rise to significant portions of the deferred income tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following: Deferred tax assets Long-term Accounts receivable allowances Operating lease liabilities Accrued compensation Accrued workers’ compensation Transaction costs Stock-based compensation Government stimulus advances Restructuring costs Other Total long-term deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities Long-term Goodwill and intangible assets Operating lease assets, net Property and equipment Insurance premiums Other Total long-term deferred tax liabilities Valuation allowance Total net deferred tax (liabilities) assets For the Years Ended December 31, (Amounts in Thousands) 2021 2020 $ $ $ 14,590 11,623 3,752 3,119 1,803 1,293 1,138 119 793 38,230 (26,097) (9,571) (3,415) (876) — (39,959) — (1,729) $ 14,023 12,123 3,580 3,220 1,677 833 1,933 108 1,269 38,766 (18,891) (10,052) (3,217) — (82) (32,242) — 6,524 Management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers all available evidence in making this assessment. F-27 Table of Contents A reconciliation for continuing operations of the statutory federal tax rate of 21.0% to the effective income tax rate is summarized as follows: Federal income tax at statutory rate State and local taxes, net of federal benefit 162(m) disallowance for executive compensation Nondeductible penalties Excess tax benefit Jobs tax credits, net Nondeductible permanent items Federal/state return to provision Other Effective income tax rate 2021 For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 21.0 % 6.3 3.5 0.6 (2.0) (4.1) — — (0.1) 25.2 % 21.0 % 6.0 6.0 — (5.6) (5.1) 0.4 (1.6) (0.1) 21.0 % 21.0 % 6.4 7.5 1.3 (6.7) (8.3) 0.7 0.6 (0.3) 22.2 % The effective income tax rate was 25.2%, 21.0% and 22.2% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The difference between our federal statutory and effective income tax rates is principally due to the inclusion of state taxes and non-deductible compensation, offset by an excess tax benefit and the use of federal employment tax credits. The excess tax benefit is a discrete item, primarily related to the vesting of equity shares, which requires the Company to recognize the benefit fully in the period. The Company is subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company continues to remain subject to examination by U.S. federal authorities for the years 2018 through 2020 and for various state authorities for the years 2016 through 2020. 10. Stock Options and Restricted Stock Awards The Board approved the 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“the 2017 Plan”) as of April 27, 2017, which was approved by our shareholders on June 14, 2017. The 2017 Plan was intended to replace our existing incentive compensation plan, the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (“the 2009 Plan”). All awards are now granted from the 2017 Plan. Outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan will continue to be governed by the 2009 Plan and the agreements under which they were granted. The 2017 Plan allows us to grant performance-based incentive awards and equity-based awards (each an “Award”) to eligible employees, directors and consultants in the form of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock Units/Restricted Stock Units, Other Stock Units or Performance Awards. The Company’s Board believes that the 2017 Plan is necessary to continue the Company’s effectiveness in attracting, motivating and retaining employees, directors and consultants with appropriate experience and to increase the grantees’ alignment of interest with the Company’s shareholders. Under the 2017 Plan, Awards may be made in shares of our common stock. Subject to adjustment as provided by the terms of the 2017 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2017 Plan will be 1,182,270, less the number of shares subject to awards that are granted pursuant to the 2009 Plan after March 31, 2017. The aggregate awards granted during any calendar year to any single Participant cannot exceed (i) 500,000 shares subject to stock options or stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) or (ii) 300,000 shares subject to Awards denominated in shares of common stock (whether or not settled in common stock). These individual annual limitations are cumulative in that any shares of common stock or cash for which Awards are permitted to be granted to a Participant during a fiscal year are not covered by an Award in that fiscal year, the number of shares of common stock will automatically increase in the subsequent fiscal years during the term of the 2017 Plan until the earlier of the time the increase has been granted to the Participant, or the end of the third fiscal year following the year to which such increase relates. At December 31, 2021, there were 513,164 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2017 Plan. Any shares of common stock subject to an Award under the 2017 Plan that are forfeited, canceled, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without a distribution of shares to a Participant, or that are delivered by attestation or withheld by the Company in connection with an option exercise or the payment of any required income tax withholding upon an option exercise or the vesting of restricted stock, will be deemed available for Awards under the 2017 Plan. Additionally, any shares of common stock subject to an Award under the 2009 Plan that are forfeited, canceled, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without a distribution of shares to a participant, or that are delivered by attestation or withheld by the Company in connection with an option exercise or the payment of any required income tax withholding upon an option exercise or the vesting of restricted stock, will be deemed available for Awards under the 2017 Plan. F-28 Table of Contents Stock options are awarded with a strike price equal to the fair market value based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted typically vest over a service period ranging from three to four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. Restricted shares typically vest over a service period ranging from one to four years and expire ten years from date of grant. The exercise prices of stock options outstanding on December 31, 2021 range from $8.91 to $90.87. Restricted stock awards are full-value awards. Stock Options A summary of stock option activity and weighted average exercise price for the year ended December 31, 2021: Outstanding, beginning of period Granted Exercised Forfeited/Cancelled Outstanding, end of period Options (Amounts in Thousands) Weighted Average Exercise Price 506 $ 23 (33) (3) 493 $ 39.30 90.87 34.07 40.28 41.77 The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted was calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model in 2021 and 2019. The Company did not grant any stock options in 2020. The related assumptions follow: Weighted average fair value Risk-free discount rate Expected life Dividend yield Volatility $ $ 2021 Grants 32.71 0.65% 4.1 years — 45% 2020 Grants — — — — — $ 2019 Grants 29.78 1.72% - 2.29% 4.2 - 4.4 years — 43% Stock option compensation expense totaled $1.4 million, $2.0 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, there was $1.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years. The intrinsic value of vested and outstanding stock options was $22.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, there were 386,428 and 106,500 shares of stock options vested and unvested, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $1.8 million, $7.5 million and $7.3 million, respectively. Restricted Stock Awards A summary of unvested restricted stock awards activity and weighted average grant date fair value for the year ended December 31, 2021: Restricted Stock Awards (Amounts in Thousands) Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Unvested restricted stock awards, beginning of period Awarded Vested Forfeited Unvested restricted stock awards, end of period F-29 $ 154 89 (76) (7) $ 160 83.30 115.70 74.42 101.17 104.91 Table of Contents The fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $7.4 million. Restricted stock award compensation expense totaled $8.0 million, $4.0 million and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, there was $11.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years. 11. Employee Benefit Plans The 401(k) retirement plan is a defined contribution plan that provides for matching contributions by the Company to all non-union employees. Matching contributions are discretionary and subject to change by management. Under the provisions of the 401(k) plan, employees can contribute up to the maximum percentage and limits allowable under the U.S. Revenue Code. The Company provided contributions totaling $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 12. Commitments and Contingencies Government Actions to Mitigate COVID-19’s Impact On January 31, 2020, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) declared a national public health emergency due to a novel coronavirus. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak a global pandemic. This disease continues to impact the United States and other parts of the world. In recognition of the significant threat to the liquidity of financial markets posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve and Congress have taken dramatic actions to provide liquidity to businesses and the banking system in the United States. For example, the CARES Act, the PPPHCE Act, the CAA and the APRA authorize over $186 billion in funding to be distributed to health care providers through the Provider Relief Fund. This funding is intended to support healthcare providers by reimbursing them for healthcare-related expenses or lost revenues attributable to COVID-19. In addition to the Provider Relief Fund, the CARES Act and related laws include temporary changes to Medicare and Medicaid payment rules and relief from certain accounting provisions. For example the laws temporarily lift the Medicare sequester, which would have otherwise reduced payments to Medicare providers by 2%, as required by the Budget Control Act of 2011, from May 1, 2020, through December 31, 2021 (but also extend sequestration through 2030). Congress further delayed these sequestration cuts through March 31, 2022, and reduced the sequestration adjustment to 1% from April 1 through June 30, 2022. The full 2% reduction is currently scheduled to resume July 1, 2022. These sequestration cuts have been extended through 2030, with the reductions for 2030 set to increase to 2.25% for the first six months and to 3% for the second six months. In the hospice segment, Medicare sequester relief resulted in an increase in net service revenues of $2.9 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In the home health segment, Medicare sequester relief resulted in an increase in net service revenues of $0.5 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. However, the ARPA increases the federal budget deficit in a manner that triggers an additional statutorily mandated sequestration under the Pay- As-You-Go Act of 2010 (“PAYGO Act”). As a result, an additional Medicare payment reduction of up to 4% was required to take effect in January 2022. However, Congress has delayed implementation of this payment reduction until 2023. We cannot currently determine if, or to what extent, our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity will ultimately be impacted by mandated sequestration triggers under the PAYGO Act, or if or when the mandated sequestration will occur. During 2021, although vaccinations have become widely available, there continues to be a significant number of COVID-19 cases and deaths in the United States. In response, various governmental authorities and private businesses in the United States have implemented, or reinstituted, certain mitigation strategies, such as masking and vaccine requirements. There continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the pandemic, and longer- term trends remain unknown. As such, it is impossible to predict the effect and ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company as conditions related to the COVID-19 pandemic continue to evolve. See Note 7 for additional information regarding government stimulus advances associated with the COVID-19 pandemic that the Company has received. Legal Proceedings From time to time, the Company is subject to legal and/or administrative proceedings incidental to its business. On June 2, 2021, the Company received a $6.5 million Request for Repayment from Palmetto, GBA, LLC (“Palmetto”), a Medicare administrative contractor, regarding Ambercare Hospice Inc. (“Ambercare”), our subsidiary that provides hospice services in New Mexico. In 2018, the Office of Audit Services (“OAS”), under the HHS Office of Inspector General, initiated a clinical review F-30 Table of Contents of certain hospice claims billed during a timeframe from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2017. The OAS review concluded that certain payments to Ambercare for hospice services during the review period were made in error. The Company acquired Ambercare in May 2018 and has a contractual right to full indemnification from any potential losses from the OAS review through the terms of the Ambercare purchase agreement. The Company disputes the results of the OAS review and related asserted billing errors and is in the process of filing administrative appeals. At this stage, the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the appeal process. It is the opinion of management that the outcome of pending legal and/or administrative proceedings will not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Income. 13. Segment Information Operating segments are defined as components of a company that engage in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and for which separate financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision makers, to assess the performance of the individual segments and make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segments. The Company operates as a multi-state provider of three distinct but related business segments providing in-home services. In its personal care segment, the Company provides non-medical assistance with activities of daily living, primarily to persons who are at increased risk of hospitalization or institutionalization, such as the elderly, chronically ill or disabled. In its hospice segment, the Company provides physical, emotional and spiritual care for people who are terminally ill as well as related services for their families. In its home health segment, the Company provides services that are primarily medical in nature to individuals who may require assistance during an illness or after hospitalization and include skilled nursing and physical, occupational and speech therapy. The tables below set forth information about the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 along with the items necessary to reconcile the segment information to the totals reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Segment assets are not reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker function and therefore are not disclosed below. F-31 Table of Contents Segment operating income consists of revenue generated by a segment, less the direct costs of service revenues and general and administrative expenses that are incurred directly by the segment. Unallocated general and administrative costs are those costs for functions performed in a centralized manner and therefore not attributable to a particular segment. These costs include accounting, finance, human resources, legal, information technology, corporate office support and facility costs and overall corporate management. For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 (Amounts in Thousands) Net service revenues Cost of services revenues Gross profit General and administrative expenses Segment operating income Net service revenues Cost of services revenues Gross profit General and administrative expenses Segment operating income Net service revenues Cost of services revenues Gross profit General and administrative expenses Segment operating income Segment reconciliation: Total segment operating income Items not allocated at segment level: Other general and administrative expenses Depreciation and amortization Interest income Interest expense Income from continuing operations before income taxes $ $ $ $ $ $ F-32 Home Health $ Personal Care Hospice 685,854 502,024 183,830 61,565 122,265 $ $ 152,253 75,186 77,067 34,632 42,435 $ For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 (Amounts in Thousands) Home Health $ Personal Care Hospice 647,233 480,191 167,042 60,468 106,574 $ $ 101,297 47,197 54,100 25,394 28,706 $ For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 (Amounts in Thousands) Home Health $ Personal Care Hospice 580,728 432,413 148,315 56,887 91,428 $ $ 53,601 27,203 26,398 12,399 13,999 $ 26,392 17,441 8,951 5,713 3,238 16,245 11,150 5,095 3,773 1,322 14,462 9,937 4,525 3,205 1,320 Total 864,499 594,651 269,848 101,910 167,938 Total 764,775 538,538 226,237 89,635 136,602 Total 648,791 469,553 179,238 72,491 106,747 $ $ $ $ $ $ For the Years Ended December 31, (Amounts in Thousands) 2020 2019 2021 $ 167,938 $ 136,602 $ 106,747 87,508 14,494 (268) 5,806 60,398 $ 80,044 12,051 (624) 3,189 41,942 $ 61,421 10,574 (1,523) 3,105 33,170 $ Table of Contents 14. Significant Payors For 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s revenue by payor type was as follows: 2021 Amount (in Thousands) $ 338,325 311,801 19,991 9,820 5,917 Personal Care For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 Amount (in Thousands) % of Segment Net Service Revenues % of Segment Net Service Revenues 2019 Amount (in Thousands) % of Segment Net Service Revenues 49.3 % $ 45.5 2.9 1.4 0.9 324,670 287,032 20,398 9,991 5,142 50.2 % $ 44.3 3.2 1.5 0.8 303,479 239,559 21,765 9,204 6,721 52.2 % 41.3 3.7 1.6 1.2 $ 685,854 100.0 % $ 647,233 100.0 % $ 580,728 100.0 % 2021 $ Amount (in Thousands) 142,086 5,664 4,503 Hospice For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 94,068 4,931 2,298 93.3 % $ 3.7 3.0 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 49,649 2,768 1,184 92.9 % $ 4.9 2.2 % of Segment Net Service Revenues 92.6 % 5.2 2.2 $ 152,253 100.0 % $ 101,297 100.0 % $ 53,601 100.0 % 2021 $ Amount (in Thousands) 20,700 4,457 1,235 Home Health For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 12,765 3,188 292 78.4 % $ 16.9 4.7 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 11,218 2,942 302 78.6 % $ 19.6 1.8 % of Segment Net Service Revenues 77.6 % 20.3 2.1 $ 26,392 100.0 % $ 16,245 100.0 % $ 14,462 100.0 % State, local and other governmental programs Managed care organizations Private pay Commercial insurance Other Total personal care segment net service revenues Medicare Managed care organizations Other Total hospice segment net service revenues Medicare Managed care organizations Other Total home health segment net service revenues The Company derives a significant amount of its revenue from its operations in Illinois, New Mexico and New York. The percentages of segment revenue for each of these significant states for 2021, 2020 and 2019 were as follows: 2021 Personal Care For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 Illinois New York New Mexico All other states Total personal care segment net service revenues $ Amount (in Thousands) 328,619 99,732 97,784 159,719 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 288,326 115,510 86,618 156,779 47.9 % $ 14.5 14.3 23.3 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 247,524 108,403 75,666 149,135 44.6 % $ 17.8 13.4 24.2 % of Segment Net Service Revenues 42.6 % 18.7 13.0 25.7 $ 685,854 100.0 % $ 647,233 100.0 % $ 580,728 100.0 % F-33 Table of Contents Ohio New Mexico All other states Total hospice segment net service revenues Hospice For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ Amount (in Thousands) 61,415 36,063 54,775 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) — 42,648 58,649 40.3 % $ 23.7 36.0 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) — 38,790 14,811 — % $ 42.1 57.9 % of Segment Net Service Revenues — % 72.4 27.6 $ 152,253 100.0 % $ 101,297 100.0 % $ 53,601 100.0 % With the acquisition of Queen City Hospice, the Company expanded its hospice services in the state of Ohio. Home Health For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 New Mexico Illinois Total home health segment net service revenues Amount (in Thousands) 24,735 1,657 $ % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 16,245 — 93.7 % $ 6.3 % of Segment Net Service Revenues Amount (in Thousands) 14,462 — 100.0 % $ — % of Segment Net Service Revenues 100.0 % — $ 26,392 100.0 % $ 16,245 100.0 % $ 14,462 100.0 % With the acquisition of Summit, the Company expanded its home health services in the state of Illinois. A substantial portion of the Company’s revenue and accounts receivable are derived from services performed for state and local governmental agencies. We derive a significant amount of our net service revenues in Illinois, which represented 38.2%, 37.7% and 38.2% of our net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Illinois Department on Aging, the largest payor program for the Company’s Illinois personal care operations, accounted for 21.4%, 23.0% and 25.3% of the Company’s net service revenues for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The related receivables due from the Illinois Department on Aging represented 16.1% and 15.9% of the Company’s net accounts receivable at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In 2019, New York initiated a new Request For Offer (“RFO”) process to competitively procure CDPAP fiscal intermediaries. The Company was not selected in the initial RFO process. We submitted a formal protest in response to the selection process, which was filed and accepted in March 2021, but have not yet received a response to the formal protest. The Company recognized approximately $42 million and $3 million in net service revenue and operating income, respectively, from the program for the year ended December 31, 2021. The New York fiscal year 2022 state budget included a provision to add additional fiscal intermediaries (one or two entities per county with specified population sizes, plus entities that meet various other requirements) to those awarded contracts as a Lead Fiscal Intermediary under the initial RFO process, based on the scoring of the original RFO. As scoring of RFOs was not publicly released, it is unknown at this time if the Company’s score ranked high enough to qualify for these additional awards. The Company has submitted a response to the survey issued by the New York Department of Health to determine the additional contract awards. The New York Department of Health published an anticipated contract start date for all awards to be no earlier than November 1, 2021, but has not yet announced the exact start date. No later than the contract start date, we will be required to begin transitioning patients within the CDPAP to a fiscal intermediary that has been awarded a contract and cease providing services to those patients. The Company continues to consider other arrangements and to pursue our protest of the award. Given the uncertainty surrounding the program, the Company has suspended materially all of its new patient admissions under the New York CDPAP program. F-34 Table of Contents 15. Concentration of Cash The Company owns financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk include cash. The Company maintains cash with financial institutions which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash. 16. Subsequent Events On February 1, 2022, the Company completed the acquisition of JourneyCare Inc. (“JourneyCare”) for approximately $72.5 million, with funding provided through a combination of the revolving credit facility of $35.0 million and available cash on hand. With the purchase of JourneyCare, the Company adds hospice services in Illinois. The initial accounting is incomplete, therefore the related business combination disclosures cannot be included at this time. The Company is currently assessing the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. F-35 EXHIBIT 10.50 This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of ______________, 2022, between Addus HomeCare Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _____________ (“Indemnitee”). INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to attract and retain as directors and officers capable individuals; WHEREAS, Indemnitee performs or is expected to perform a valuable service for the Company; WHEREAS, the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; WHEREAS, the Certificate, the Bylaws and applicable law, by their nonexclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors; WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; WHEREAS, in accordance with the authorization as provided by applicable law, the Company may purchase and maintain a policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“D&O Insurance”), covering certain liabilities which may be incurred by its officers or directors in the performance of their obligations to the Company; WHEREAS, Indemnitee has or may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by the Company as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board; and WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee. NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: Section 1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, and in accordance with all provisions in this Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof: (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1 if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), Indemnitee is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1 if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue, or matter therein if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine upon application that such indemnification may be made. (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, or by settlement, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter. If a reasonably competent counsel engaged to defend solely the successfully resolved claim, issue or matter would have incurred an item of Expenses in defending the successfully resolved claim, issue or matter that item of Expenses is covered irrespective of whether the item also benefited the defense of an unsuccessfully resolved claim, issue or matter. (d) Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. Section 2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1, of this Agreement the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of, the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 5 and 6 hereof) to be unlawful. Section 3. Contribution in the Event of Joint Liability. (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Section 1 and Section 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in the Proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee. (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall pay to Indemnitee the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against the Company. may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company other than any indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee. (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and/or Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to any event requiring indemnification of Indemnitee under the Certificate, the Bylaws, this Agreement, or of any other resolutions or provisions thereof in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). Section 4. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if, and only to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 4 shall be unsecured and interest free. This Section 4 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8. The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement. Section 5. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the law and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement: (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for indemnification or advancement of Expenses, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as soon as is reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. Such written request to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying such Proceeding, to the extent known. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company (or other executive officer if the secretary is otherwise unavailable) shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. (b) If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Certificate or Bylaws providing for indemnification is not paid in full by the Company within ten (10) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee shall, at any time thereafter, be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. In any such action by Indemnitee to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the Expenses of bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of Expenses pursuant to Section 5 unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. It is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including the Board, any committee or subgroup of the Board, independent legal counsel or the Company’s stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including the Board, any committee or subgroup of the Board, independent legal counsel or the Company’s stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. (c) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(c) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. (d) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such Proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence. (e) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Section 6. Remedies of Indemnitee. (a) In the event that Indemnitee seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any D&O Insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13(d) of this Agreement) actually incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses, or insurance recovery. The Company and Indemnitee agree that monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impractical, or difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek and obtain specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief (without the necessity of posting bond) as a remedy for any such breach. Such remedy shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement, but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law. (b) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 6 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request thereof) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any D&O Insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses, or insurance recovery, as the case may be. under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding. (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification Section 7. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation. (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration, or repeal of the Certificate, the Bylaws, this Agreement or of any other provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, limits the indemnification rights that would be afforded currently under the Certificate, the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute, or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he or she may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any action or other covered Proceeding. (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. In the event of a change in control or the Company becoming insolvent, including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in respect of Indemnitee for a period of six years thereafter. The policy shall be placed by the broker of the Company’s choice with incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the change in control or insolvency event (unless the incumbent carriers do not offer such policies, in which case the policy shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies). In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights. (c) Section 8. Exception to Right of Indemnification. indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee: Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy; (a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy, except with (b) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) the Proceeding was initiated to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement, any other agreement or insurance policy, or under the Bylaws or the Certificate or (iv) as otherwise required under the laws of the State of Delaware; or for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law. (c) Section 9. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under this Agreement) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. Section 10. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern. Section 11. Security. security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee. Section 12. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company. (a) (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided however, (i) that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate, the Bylaws and any applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute thereof, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder and, (ii) any provision of a prior agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof that expressly grants rights to third party beneficiaries shall not be superseded, and shall be incorporated into this Agreement. Section 13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: in the City of New York. (a) “Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banks are generally not open for business “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company, including on or prior to the date of this Agreement. (b) or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary. (c) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan (d) “Expenses” shall mean all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including and appeal), settling or preparing to prosecute or defend, to be a witness in or to participate in, a Proceeding or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee. (e) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement. Section 14. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict. Section 15. Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13(d) of this Agreement) incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13(d) of this Agreement) in defense of such action (including with respect to Indemnitee's counterclaims and cross claims made in such action). Section 16. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Section 17. Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, legatees and other successors. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company or of any other enterprise at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and shall continue for so long as Indemnitee may have any liability or potential liability by virtue of his or her service in such capacity, including the final termination of all pending Proceedings or claims in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceedings or claims commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement relating thereto, whether or not he or she is acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided hereunder. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in this Section 17. Section 18. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served or otherwise receiving with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company. Section 19. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next Business Day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent: To the Indemnitee: Phone: Fax: Email: To the Company: Addus HomeCare Corporation 6303 Cowboys Way, Suite 600 Frisco, Texas 75034 Attention: Sean Gaffney Facsimile: (469) 535-8216 E-Mail: sgaffney@addus.com With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: Bass Berry & Sims 150 Third Avenue South Nashville, TN 37201 Attention: David Cox Facsimile: (615) 742-2864 E-Mail: dcox@bassberry.com or to such other representative or at such other address of a party as such party may furnish to the other parties in writing. Any notice which is delivered personally or by facsimile or other electronic transmission in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to have been duly given to the party to whom it is directed upon actual receipt by such party or its agent. Any notice which is addressed and mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given to the party to which it is addressed at the close of business, local time of the recipient, on the fourth Business Day after the day it is so placed in the mail (or on the first Business Day after placed in the mail if sent by overnight courier) or, if earlier, the time of actual receipt. Section 20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Section 21. Captions. The captions of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof. Section 22. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. Any interpretation or construction of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the intent of this Agreement as expressed in the first sentence of Section 5. Any ambiguity shall be interpreted in favor of indemnification and advancement of expenses. Grants of indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be interpreted broadly. Limitations on indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be interpreted narrowly. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first indicated above. ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION By: Name: Title: [Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement] Name of Subsidiary A Plus Health Care, Inc. Addus HomeCare Corporation Addus HealthCare (Delaware), Inc. Addus HealthCare (Idaho), Inc. Addus HealthCare (South Carolina), Inc. Addus HealthCare, Inc. Addus Hospice of Illinois, LLC Addus Nurse Care, Inc. Alamo Area Home Hospice, LP Alliance Home Health Care, LLC Ambercare Corporation Ambercare Home Health Care Corporation Ambercare Hospice, Inc. Armada Hospice of New Mexico, LLC Armada Hospice of Santa Fe, LLC Armada Skilled Home Care of New Mexico, LLC County Homemakers Incorporated Cura Partners, LLC House Calls of New Mexico, LLC Hospice Partners of America Holding, LLC Hospice Partners of America, LLC Hospice Partners of Texas, LLC HPA Medical Management, LLC HPA Idaho, LLC H&PC of America, LLC Miracle City Hospice, LLC New Capital Partners II-HS, Inc. Options Service, Inc. PHC Acquisition Corporation PRAC Holdings, Inc. Priority Home Health Care, Inc. Professional Reliable Nursing Services, Inc. Queen City Hospice, LLC Serenity Palliative Care and Hospice, LLC SLHC, Inc. South Shore Home Health Service, Inc. Summit Home Health, LLC TR&B, LLC SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT Exhibit 21.1 State of Incorporation Montana Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Illinois Delaware Delaware Texas New Mexico New Mexico New Mexico New Mexico Delaware Delaware Delaware Pennsylvania Tennessee New Mexico Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Idaho Delaware Delaware Delaware Colorado California Delaware Ohio California Delaware Delaware Arizona New York Illinois Delaware Doing Business As Name A-Plus HealthCare Addus Homecare Corporation Addus HomeCare Delaware Addus HomeCare Addus HomeCare; Arcadia Home Care & Staffing Addus HomeCare; Arcadia Home Care & Staffing JourneyCare – Barrington; JourneyCare – Glenview Sun City Caregivers; Lifestyle Options Alamo Hospice Ambercare Home Health; Ambercare N/A Ambercare Home Health; Ambercare Personal Care Services Ambercare Armada Hospice of New Mexico, LLC Armada Hospice of Santa Fe, LLC Ambercare Home Health Arcadia Home Care & Staffing Addus HomeCare House Calls of New Mexico Alamo Hospice of Conroe; Alamo Hospice of Waco; Hospice of Virginia Hospice Partners of America Hospice Partners of Texas Alamo Supportive Care; Serenity Supportive Care; JourneyCare Palliative Care Harrison’s Hope; Harrison’s Hope Twin Falls H&PC of America Miracle City Hospice New Capital Partners II-HS Ambercare Personal Care Services Addus HomeCare Arcadia Home Care & Staffing Addus HomeCare; Arcadia Home Care & Staffing; Arcadia Home Care & Staffing Queen City Hospice; Day City Hospice; Capital City Hospice Serenity Hospice SunLife Home Care Addus HomeCare Addus Home Health TR&B Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, certain subsidiaries have been omitted because, when considered in the aggregate, they do not constitute a significant subsidiary. CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-233600) and on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-219946, 333-190433, 333-164413) of Addus HomeCare Corporation of our report dated February 25, 2022 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K. Exhibit 23.1 /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Dallas, Texas February 25, 2022 CERTIFICATION Exhibit 31.1 I, R. Dirk Allison, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Addus HomeCare Corporation certify that: 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Addus HomeCare Corporation (the “Registrant”); Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d- 15(f)) for the Registrant and have: (a) (b) (c) (d) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) (b) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 25, 2022 /s/ R. Dirk Allison R. Dirk Allison Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board Exhibit 31.2 I, Brian Poff, Chief Financial Officer of Addus HomeCare Corporation, certify that: CERTIFICATION 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Addus HomeCare Corporation (the “Registrant”); Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d- 15(f)) for the Registrant and have: (a) (b) (c) (d) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) (b) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 25, 2022 /s/ Brian Poff Brian Poff Chief Financial Officer Exhibit 32.1 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 (AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002) In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 of Addus HomeCare Corporation (the “Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Dirk Allison, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) (2) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: February 25, 2022 BY: /s/ R. Dirk Allison R. Dirk Allison Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board Exhibit 32.2 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 (AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002) In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 of Addus HomeCare Corporation (the “Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian Poff, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) (2) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: February 25, 2022 BY: /s/ Brian Poff Brian Poff Chief Financial Officer 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above